/* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
* Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library. If not, see
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
/* for the use of round() */
#include "fallback-c89.c"
/**
* SECTION:gtkwidget
* @Short_description: Base class for all widgets
* @Title: GtkWidget
*
* GtkWidget is the base class all widgets in GTK+ derive from. It manages the
* widget lifecycle, states and style.
*
* # Height-for-width Geometry Management # {#geometry-management}
*
* GTK+ uses a height-for-width (and width-for-height) geometry management
* system. Height-for-width means that a widget can change how much
* vertical space it needs, depending on the amount of horizontal space
* that it is given (and similar for width-for-height). The most common
* example is a label that reflows to fill up the available width, wraps
* to fewer lines, and therefore needs less height.
*
* Height-for-width geometry management is implemented in GTK+ by way
* of two virtual methods:
*
* - #GtkWidgetClass.get_request_mode()
* - #GtkWidgetClass.measure()
*
* There are some important things to keep in mind when implementing
* height-for-width and when using it in widget implementations.
*
* If you implement a direct #GtkWidget subclass that supports
* height-for-width or width-for-height geometry management for
* itself or its child widgets, the #GtkWidgetClass.get_request_mode()
* virtual function must be implemented as well and return the widget's
* preferred request mode. The default implementation of this virtual function
* returns %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_CONSTANT_SIZE, which means that the widget will only ever
* get -1 passed as the for_size value to its #GtkWidgetClass.measure() implementation.
*
* The geometry management system will query a widget hierarchy in
* only one orientation at a time. When widgets are initially queried
* for their minimum sizes it is generally done in two initial passes
* in the #GtkSizeRequestMode chosen by the toplevel.
*
* For example, when queried in the normal
* %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH mode:
* First, the default minimum and natural width for each widget
* in the interface will be computed using gtk_widget_measure() with an orientation
* of %GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL and a for_size of -1.
* Because the preferred widths for each widget depend on the preferred
* widths of their children, this information propagates up the hierarchy,
* and finally a minimum and natural width is determined for the entire
* toplevel. Next, the toplevel will use the minimum width to query for the
* minimum height contextual to that width using gtk_widget_measure() with an
* orientation of %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL and a for_size of the just computed
* width. This will also be a highly recursive operation.
* The minimum height for the minimum width is normally
* used to set the minimum size constraint on the toplevel
* (unless gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() is explicitly used instead).
*
* After the toplevel window has initially requested its size in both
* dimensions it can go on to allocate itself a reasonable size (or a size
* previously specified with gtk_window_set_default_size()). During the
* recursive allocation process it’s important to note that request cycles
* will be recursively executed while widgets allocate their children.
* Each widget, once allocated a size, will go on to first share the
* space in one orientation among its children and then request each child's
* height for its target allocated width or its width for allocated height,
* depending. In this way a #GtkWidget will typically be requested its size
* a number of times before actually being allocated a size. The size a
* widget is finally allocated can of course differ from the size it has
* requested. For this reason, #GtkWidget caches a small number of results
* to avoid re-querying for the same sizes in one allocation cycle.
*
* If a widget does move content around to intelligently use up the
* allocated size then it must support the request in both
* #GtkSizeRequestModes even if the widget in question only
* trades sizes in a single orientation.
*
* For instance, a #GtkLabel that does height-for-width word wrapping
* will not expect to have #GtkWidgetClass.measure() with an orientation of
* %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL called because that call is specific to a
* width-for-height request. In this
* case the label must return the height required for its own minimum
* possible width. By following this rule any widget that handles
* height-for-width or width-for-height requests will always be allocated
* at least enough space to fit its own content.
*
* Here are some examples of how a %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH widget
* generally deals with width-for-height requests:
*
* |[
* static void
* foo_widget_measure (GtkWidget *widget,
* GtkOrientation orientation,
* int for_size,
* int *minimum_size,
* int *natural_size,
* int *minimum_baseline,
* int *natural_baseline)
* {
* if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
* {
* // Calculate minimum and natural width
* }
* else // VERTICAL
* {
* if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
* {
* int min_width;
*
* // First, get the minimum width of our widget
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, -1,
* &min_width, NULL, NULL, NULL);
*
* // Now use the minimum width to retrieve the minmimum and natural height to display
* // that width.
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, min_width,
* minimum_size, natural_size, NULL, NULL);
* }
* else
* {
* // ... some widgets do both.
* }
* }
* }
* ]|
*
* Often a widget needs to get its own request during size request or
* allocation. For example, when computing height it may need to also
* compute width. Or when deciding how to use an allocation, the widget
* may need to know its natural size. In these cases, the widget should
* be careful to call its virtual methods directly, like in the code
* example above.
*
* It will not work to use the wrapper function gtk_widget_measure()
* inside your own #GtkWidgetClass.size-allocate() implementation.
* These return a request adjusted by #GtkSizeGroup, the widget's align and expand flags
* as well as its CSS style.
* If a widget used the wrappers inside its virtual method implementations,
* then the adjustments (such as widget margins) would be applied
* twice. GTK+ therefore does not allow this and will warn if you try
* to do it.
*
* Of course if you are getting the size request for
* another widget, such as a child widget, you must use gtk_widget_measure().
* Otherwise, you would not properly consider widget margins,
* #GtkSizeGroup, and so forth.
*
* Since 3.10 GTK+ also supports baseline vertical alignment of widgets. This
* means that widgets are positioned such that the typographical baseline of
* widgets in the same row are aligned. This happens if a widget supports baselines,
* has a vertical alignment of %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE, and is inside a widget
* that supports baselines and has a natural “row” that it aligns to the baseline,
* or a baseline assigned to it by the grandparent.
*
* Baseline alignment support for a widget is also done by the #GtkWidgetClass.measure()
* virtual function. It allows you to report a both a minimum and natural
*
* If a widget ends up baseline aligned it will be allocated all the space in the parent
* as if it was %GTK_ALIGN_FILL, but the selected baseline can be found via gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline().
* If this has a value other than -1 you need to align the widget such that the baseline
* appears at the position.
*
* # GtkWidget as GtkBuildable
*
* The GtkWidget implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
* custom element, which has attributes named ”key”, ”modifiers”
* and ”signal” and allows to specify accelerators.
*
* An example of a UI definition fragment specifying an accelerator:
* |[
*
*
* ]|
*
* In addition to accelerators, GtkWidget also support a custom
* element, which supports actions and relations. Properties on the accessible
* implementation of an object can be set by accessing the internal child
* “accessible” of a #GtkWidget.
*
* An example of a UI definition fragment specifying an accessible:
* |[
* I am a Label for a Button
*
*
*
* Click the button.
*
*
*
* Clickable Button
*
*
*
* ]|
*
* Finally, GtkWidget allows style information such as style classes to
* be associated with widgets, using the custom
*
* ]|
*
* # Building composite widgets from template XML ## {#composite-templates}
*
* GtkWidget exposes some facilities to automate the procedure
* of creating composite widgets using #GtkBuilder interface description
* language.
*
* To create composite widgets with #GtkBuilder XML, one must associate
* the interface description with the widget class at class initialization
* time using gtk_widget_class_set_template().
*
* The interface description semantics expected in composite template descriptions
* is slightly different from regular #GtkBuilder XML.
*
* Unlike regular interface descriptions, gtk_widget_class_set_template() will
* expect a tag as a direct child of the toplevel
* tag. The tag must specify the “class” attribute which must be
* the type name of the widget. Optionally, the “parent” attribute may be
* specified to specify the direct parent type of the widget type, this is
* ignored by the GtkBuilder but required for Glade to introspect what kind
* of properties and internal children exist for a given type when the actual
* type does not exist.
*
* The XML which is contained inside the tag behaves as if it were
* added to the tag defining @widget itself. You may set properties
* on @widget by inserting tags into the tag, and also
* add tags to add children and extend @widget in the normal way you
* would with tags.
*
* Additionally, tags can also be added before and after the initial
* tag in the normal way, allowing one to define auxiliary objects
* which might be referenced by other widgets declared as children of the
* tag.
*
* An example of a GtkBuilder Template Definition:
* |[
*
*
* GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL
* 4
*
*
* Hello World
*
*
*
*
* Goodbye World
*
*
*
*
* ]|
*
* Typically, you'll place the template fragment into a file that is
* bundled with your project, using #GResource. In order to load the
* template, you need to call gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource()
* from the class initialization of your #GtkWidget type:
*
* |[
* static void
* foo_widget_class_init (FooWidgetClass *klass)
* {
* // ...
*
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
* "/com/example/ui/foowidget.ui");
* }
* ]|
*
* You will also need to call gtk_widget_init_template() from the instance
* initialization function:
*
* |[
* static void
* foo_widget_init (FooWidget *self)
* {
* // ...
* gtk_widget_init_template (GTK_WIDGET (self));
* }
* ]|
*
* You can access widgets defined in the template using the
* gtk_widget_get_template_child() function, but you will typically declare
* a pointer in the instance private data structure of your type using the same
* name as the widget in the template definition, and call
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private() with that name, e.g.
*
* |[
* typedef struct {
* GtkWidget *hello_button;
* GtkWidget *goodbye_button;
* } FooWidgetPrivate;
*
* G_DEFINE_TYPE_WITH_PRIVATE (FooWidget, foo_widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)
*
* static void
* foo_widget_class_init (FooWidgetClass *klass)
* {
* // ...
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
* "/com/example/ui/foowidget.ui");
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
* FooWidget, hello_button);
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
* FooWidget, goodbye_button);
* }
*
* static void
* foo_widget_init (FooWidget *widget)
* {
*
* }
* ]|
*
* You can also use gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback() to connect a signal
* callback defined in the template with a function visible in the scope of the
* class, e.g.
*
* |[
* // the signal handler has the instance and user data swapped
* // because of the swapped="yes" attribute in the template XML
* static void
* hello_button_clicked (FooWidget *self,
* GtkButton *button)
* {
* g_print ("Hello, world!\n");
* }
*
* static void
* foo_widget_class_init (FooWidgetClass *klass)
* {
* // ...
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
* "/com/example/ui/foowidget.ui");
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass), hello_button_clicked);
* }
* ]|
*/
#define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE (GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE|GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP)
typedef struct {
gchar *name; /* Name of the template automatic child */
gboolean internal_child; /* Whether the automatic widget should be exported as an */
gssize offset; /* Instance private data offset where to set the automatic child (or 0) */
} AutomaticChildClass;
typedef struct {
gchar *callback_name;
GCallback callback_symbol;
} CallbackSymbol;
typedef struct {
GBytes *data;
GSList *children;
GSList *callbacks;
GtkBuilderConnectFunc connect_func;
gpointer connect_data;
GDestroyNotify destroy_notify;
} GtkWidgetTemplate;
typedef struct {
GtkEventController *controller;
guint grab_notify_id;
guint sequence_state_changed_id;
} EventControllerData;
struct _GtkWidgetClassPrivate
{
GtkWidgetTemplate *template;
GType accessible_type;
AtkRole accessible_role;
const char *css_name;
};
enum {
DESTROY,
SHOW,
HIDE,
MAP,
UNMAP,
REALIZE,
UNREALIZE,
SIZE_ALLOCATE,
STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED,
HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
DIRECTION_CHANGED,
GRAB_NOTIFY,
CHILD_NOTIFY,
MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE,
GRAB_FOCUS,
FOCUS,
MOVE_FOCUS,
KEYNAV_FAILED,
EVENT,
KEY_PRESS_EVENT,
KEY_RELEASE_EVENT,
DRAG_BEGIN,
DRAG_END,
DRAG_DATA_DELETE,
DRAG_LEAVE,
DRAG_MOTION,
DRAG_DROP,
DRAG_DATA_GET,
DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED,
POPUP_MENU,
ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED,
DISPLAY_CHANGED,
CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL,
QUERY_TOOLTIP,
DRAG_FAILED,
STYLE_UPDATED,
LAST_SIGNAL
};
enum {
PROP_0,
PROP_NAME,
PROP_PARENT,
PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST,
PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
PROP_VISIBLE,
PROP_SENSITIVE,
PROP_CAN_FOCUS,
PROP_HAS_FOCUS,
PROP_IS_FOCUS,
PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK,
PROP_CAN_DEFAULT,
PROP_HAS_DEFAULT,
PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
PROP_CURSOR,
PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP,
PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT,
PROP_SURFACE,
PROP_OPACITY,
PROP_HALIGN,
PROP_VALIGN,
PROP_MARGIN_START,
PROP_MARGIN_END,
PROP_MARGIN_TOP,
PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM,
PROP_MARGIN,
PROP_HEXPAND,
PROP_VEXPAND,
PROP_HEXPAND_SET,
PROP_VEXPAND_SET,
PROP_EXPAND,
PROP_SCALE_FACTOR,
PROP_CSS_NAME,
NUM_PROPERTIES
};
static GParamSpec *widget_props[NUM_PROPERTIES] = { NULL, };
typedef struct _GtkStateData GtkStateData;
struct _GtkStateData
{
guint flags_to_set;
guint flags_to_unset;
gint old_scale_factor;
};
/* --- prototypes --- */
static void gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class);
static void gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
static void gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
static void gtk_widget_init (GTypeInstance *instance,
gpointer g_class);
static void gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
const GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec);
static void gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec);
static void gtk_widget_constructed (GObject *object);
static void gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object);
static void gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object);
static void gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object);
static void gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
const GtkAllocation *allocation,
int baseline);
static void gtk_widget_real_direction_changed(GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection previous_direction);
static void gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y,
gboolean keyboard_tip,
GtkTooltip *tooltip);
static void gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *object,
guint n_pspecs,
GParamSpec **pspecs);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction);
static void gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction);
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
static void gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
#else
#define gtk_widget_verify_invariants(widget)
#define gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants(widget)
#define gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants(widget)
#endif
static PangoContext* gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
const GtkStateData *data);
static void gtk_widget_update_alpha (GtkWidget *widget);
static gint gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkEvent *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean group_cycling);
static void gtk_widget_real_measure (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
int for_size,
int *minimum,
int *natural,
int *minimum_baseline,
int *natural_baseline);
static void gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags old_state);
static AtkObject* gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface);
static AtkObject* gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id);
static void gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_tooltip,
gboolean force);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
const gchar *name);
static const gchar * gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable);
static GObject * gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *childname);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *name,
const GValue *value);
static gboolean gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
GMarkupParser *parser,
gpointer *data);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
gpointer data);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder);
static GtkSizeRequestMode gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_adjust_baseline_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *baseline);
static void template_data_free (GtkWidgetTemplate*template_data);
static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint height);
static gboolean event_surface_is_still_viewable (const GdkEvent *event);
static void gtk_widget_update_input_shape (GtkWidget *widget);
static gboolean gtk_widget_class_get_visible_by_default (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class);
static void _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *previous_toplevel);
/* --- variables --- */
static gint GtkWidget_private_offset = 0;
static gpointer gtk_widget_parent_class = NULL;
static guint widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
static GQuark quark_accel_path = 0;
static GQuark quark_accel_closures = 0;
static GQuark quark_parent_surface = 0;
static GQuark quark_input_shape_info = 0;
static GQuark quark_pango_context = 0;
static GQuark quark_mnemonic_labels = 0;
static GQuark quark_tooltip_markup = 0;
static GQuark quark_tooltip_window = 0;
static GQuark quark_size_groups = 0;
static GQuark quark_auto_children = 0;
static GQuark quark_widget_path = 0;
static GQuark quark_action_muxer = 0;
static GQuark quark_font_options = 0;
static GQuark quark_font_map = 0;
GParamSpecPool *_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = NULL;
GObjectNotifyContext *_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = NULL;
/* --- functions --- */
GType
gtk_widget_get_type (void)
{
static GType widget_type = 0;
if (G_UNLIKELY (widget_type == 0))
{
const GTypeInfo widget_info =
{
sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
gtk_widget_base_class_init,
(GBaseFinalizeFunc) gtk_widget_base_class_finalize,
(GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
NULL, /* class_finalize */
NULL, /* class_init */
sizeof (GtkWidget),
0, /* n_preallocs */
gtk_widget_init,
NULL, /* value_table */
};
const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
{
(GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
NULL /* interface data */
};
const GInterfaceInfo buildable_info =
{
(GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init,
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
NULL /* interface data */
};
widget_type = g_type_register_static (G_TYPE_INITIALLY_UNOWNED, g_intern_static_string ("GtkWidget"),
&widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
g_type_add_class_private (widget_type, sizeof (GtkWidgetClassPrivate));
GtkWidget_private_offset =
g_type_add_instance_private (widget_type, sizeof (GtkWidgetPrivate));
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
&accessibility_info) ;
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_BUILDABLE,
&buildable_info) ;
}
return widget_type;
}
static inline gpointer
gtk_widget_get_instance_private (GtkWidget *self)
{
return (G_STRUCT_MEMBER_P (self, GtkWidget_private_offset));
}
static void
gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class)
{
GtkWidgetClass *klass = g_class;
klass->priv = G_TYPE_CLASS_GET_PRIVATE (g_class, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET, GtkWidgetClassPrivate);
klass->priv->template = NULL;
}
static void
child_property_notify_dispatcher (GObject *object,
guint n_pspecs,
GParamSpec **pspecs)
{
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->dispatch_child_properties_changed (GTK_WIDGET (object), n_pspecs, pspecs);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_snapshot (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
{
GtkWidget *child;
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
child != NULL;
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
gtk_widget_snapshot_child (widget, child, snapshot);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_contains (GtkWidget *widget,
gdouble x,
gdouble y)
{
graphene_rect_t widget_bounds;
gtk_widget_compute_bounds (widget, widget, &widget_bounds);
/* XXX: This misses rounded rects */
return graphene_rect_contains_point (&widget_bounds,
&(graphene_point_t){x, y});
}
static GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_real_pick (GtkWidget *widget,
gdouble x,
gdouble y)
{
GtkWidget *child;
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_last_child (widget);
child;
child = _gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (child))
{
GtkWidget *picked;
int dx, dy;
gtk_widget_get_origin_relative_to_parent (child, &dx, &dy);
picked = gtk_widget_pick (child, x - dx, y - dy);
if (picked)
return picked;
}
if (!gtk_widget_contains (widget, x, y))
return NULL;
return widget;
}
static void
gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
{
static GObjectNotifyContext cpn_context = { 0, NULL, NULL };
GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
GtkBindingSet *binding_set;
g_type_class_adjust_private_offset (klass, &GtkWidget_private_offset);
gtk_widget_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
quark_accel_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-path");
quark_accel_closures = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-closures");
quark_parent_surface = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-parent-surface");
quark_input_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-input-shape-info");
quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
quark_mnemonic_labels = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-mnemonic-labels");
quark_tooltip_markup = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-markup");
quark_tooltip_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-window");
quark_size_groups = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-size-groups");
quark_auto_children = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-auto-children");
quark_widget_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-path");
quark_action_muxer = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-action-muxer");
quark_font_options = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-font-options");
quark_font_map = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-font-map");
_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (TRUE);
cpn_context.quark_notify_queue = g_quark_from_static_string ("GtkWidget-child-property-notify-queue");
cpn_context.dispatcher = child_property_notify_dispatcher;
_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = &cpn_context;
gobject_class->constructed = gtk_widget_constructed;
gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
klass->destroy = gtk_widget_real_destroy;
klass->activate_signal = 0;
klass->dispatch_child_properties_changed = gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed;
klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
klass->get_request_mode = gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode;
klass->measure = gtk_widget_real_measure;
klass->state_flags_changed = gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed;
klass->hierarchy_changed = NULL;
klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_real_direction_changed;
klass->grab_notify = NULL;
klass->child_notify = NULL;
klass->snapshot = gtk_widget_real_snapshot;
klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_real_grab_focus;
klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
klass->move_focus = gtk_widget_real_move_focus;
klass->keynav_failed = gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed;
klass->event = NULL;
klass->key_press_event = gtk_widget_real_key_press_event;
klass->key_release_event = gtk_widget_real_key_release_event;
klass->drag_begin = NULL;
klass->drag_end = NULL;
klass->drag_data_delete = NULL;
klass->drag_leave = NULL;
klass->drag_motion = NULL;
klass->drag_drop = NULL;
klass->drag_data_received = NULL;
klass->display_changed = NULL;
klass->can_activate_accel = gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel;
klass->query_tooltip = gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip;
klass->style_updated = gtk_widget_real_style_updated;
/* Accessibility support */
klass->priv->accessible_type = GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE;
klass->priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
klass->contains = gtk_widget_real_contains;
klass->pick = gtk_widget_real_pick;
widget_props[PROP_NAME] =
g_param_spec_string ("name",
P_("Widget name"),
P_("The name of the widget"),
NULL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE);
widget_props[PROP_PARENT] =
g_param_spec_object ("parent",
P_("Parent widget"),
P_("The parent widget of this widget."),
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST] =
g_param_spec_int ("width-request",
P_("Width request"),
P_("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
-1, G_MAXINT,
-1,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST] =
g_param_spec_int ("height-request",
P_("Height request"),
P_("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
-1, G_MAXINT,
-1,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_VISIBLE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
P_("Visible"),
P_("Whether the widget is visible"),
TRUE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_SENSITIVE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
P_("Sensitive"),
P_("Whether the widget responds to input"),
TRUE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_CAN_FOCUS] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("can-focus",
P_("Can focus"),
P_("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_HAS_FOCUS] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-focus",
P_("Has focus"),
P_("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_IS_FOCUS] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("is-focus",
P_("Is focus"),
P_("Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE);
/**
* GtkWidget:focus-on-click:
*
* Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
*
* This property is only relevant for widgets that can take focus.
*
* Before 3.20, several widgets (GtkButton, GtkFileChooserButton,
* GtkComboBox) implemented this property individually.
*/
widget_props[PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("focus-on-click",
P_("Focus on click"),
P_("Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse"),
TRUE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_CAN_DEFAULT] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("can-default",
P_("Can default"),
P_("Whether the widget can be the default widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_HAS_DEFAULT] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-default",
P_("Has default"),
P_("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
widget_props[PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("receives-default",
P_("Receives default"),
P_("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:cursor:
*
* The cursor used by @widget. See gtk_widget_set_cursor() for details.
*/
widget_props[PROP_CURSOR] =
g_param_spec_object("cursor",
P_("Cursor"),
P_("The cursor to show when hoving above widget"),
GDK_TYPE_CURSOR,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:has-tooltip:
*
* Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
* A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
* the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
* whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
*/
widget_props[PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip",
P_("Has tooltip"),
P_("Whether this widget has a tooltip"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:tooltip-text:
*
* Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
*
* Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
*
* This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
* tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
* will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
* #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
*
* Note that if both #GtkWidget:tooltip-text and #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup
* are set, the last one wins.
*/
widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT] =
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text",
P_("Tooltip Text"),
P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
NULL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE);
/**
* GtkWidget:tooltip-markup:
*
* Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
* with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
* Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
*
* This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
* tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
* will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
* #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
*
* Note that if both #GtkWidget:tooltip-text and #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup
* are set, the last one wins.
*/
widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP] =
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup",
P_("Tooltip markup"),
P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
NULL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE);
/**
* GtkWidget:surface:
*
* The widget's surface if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
*/
widget_props[PROP_SURFACE] =
g_param_spec_object ("surface",
P_("Surface"),
P_("The widget’s surface if it is realized"),
GDK_TYPE_SURFACE,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE);
/**
* GtkWidget:halign:
*
* How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
*/
widget_props[PROP_HALIGN] =
g_param_spec_enum ("halign",
P_("Horizontal Alignment"),
P_("How to position in extra horizontal space"),
GTK_TYPE_ALIGN,
GTK_ALIGN_FILL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:valign:
*
* How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
*/
widget_props[PROP_VALIGN] =
g_param_spec_enum ("valign",
P_("Vertical Alignment"),
P_("How to position in extra vertical space"),
GTK_TYPE_ALIGN,
GTK_ALIGN_FILL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:margin-start:
*
* Margin on start of widget, horizontally. This property supports
* left-to-right and right-to-left text directions.
*
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
*/
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_START] =
g_param_spec_int ("margin-start",
P_("Margin on Start"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on the start"),
0, G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:margin-end:
*
* Margin on end of widget, horizontally. This property supports
* left-to-right and right-to-left text directions.
*
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
*/
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_END] =
g_param_spec_int ("margin-end",
P_("Margin on End"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on the end"),
0, G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:margin-top:
*
* Margin on top side of widget.
*
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
*/
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_TOP] =
g_param_spec_int ("margin-top",
P_("Margin on Top"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on the top side"),
0, G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:margin-bottom:
*
* Margin on bottom side of widget.
*
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
*/
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM] =
g_param_spec_int ("margin-bottom",
P_("Margin on Bottom"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"),
0, G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:margin:
*
* Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max
* margin on any side.
*/
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN] =
g_param_spec_int ("margin",
P_("All Margins"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on all four sides"),
0, G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE);
/**
* GtkWidget:hexpand:
*
* Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().
*/
widget_props[PROP_HEXPAND] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand",
P_("Horizontal Expand"),
P_("Whether widget wants more horizontal space"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:hexpand-set:
*
* Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().
*/
widget_props[PROP_HEXPAND_SET] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand-set",
P_("Horizontal Expand Set"),
P_("Whether to use the hexpand property"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:vexpand:
*
* Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().
*/
widget_props[PROP_VEXPAND] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand",
P_("Vertical Expand"),
P_("Whether widget wants more vertical space"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:vexpand-set:
*
* Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().
*/
widget_props[PROP_VEXPAND_SET] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand-set",
P_("Vertical Expand Set"),
P_("Whether to use the vexpand property"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:expand:
*
* Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both #GtkWidget:hexpand and #GtkWidget:vexpand
*/
widget_props[PROP_EXPAND] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("expand",
P_("Expand Both"),
P_("Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE);
/**
* GtkWidget:opacity:
*
* The requested opacity of the widget. See gtk_widget_set_opacity() for
* more details about window opacity.
*
* Before 3.8 this was only available in GtkWindow
*/
widget_props[PROP_OPACITY] =
g_param_spec_double ("opacity",
P_("Opacity for Widget"),
P_("The opacity of the widget, from 0 to 1"),
0.0, 1.0,
1.0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
/**
* GtkWidget:scale-factor:
*
* The scale factor of the widget. See gtk_widget_get_scale_factor() for
* more details about widget scaling.
*/
widget_props[PROP_SCALE_FACTOR] =
g_param_spec_int ("scale-factor",
P_("Scale factor"),
P_("The scaling factor of the window"),
1, G_MAXINT,
1,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE);
/**
* GtkWidget:css-name:
*
* The name of this widget in the CSS tree.
*/
widget_props[PROP_CSS_NAME] =
g_param_spec_string ("css-name",
P_("CSS Name"),
P_("The name of this widget in the CSS tree"),
NULL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY);
g_object_class_install_properties (gobject_class, NUM_PROPERTIES, widget_props);
/**
* GtkWidget::destroy:
* @object: the object which received the signal
*
* Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
* the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the widget
* if all references are released.
*
* This signal is not suitable for saving widget state.
*/
widget_signals[DESTROY] =
g_signal_new (I_("destroy"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_CLEANUP | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::show:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*
* The ::show signal is emitted when @widget is shown, for example with
* gtk_widget_show().
*/
widget_signals[SHOW] =
g_signal_new (I_("show"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::hide:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*
* The ::hide signal is emitted when @widget is hidden, for example with
* gtk_widget_hide().
*/
widget_signals[HIDE] =
g_signal_new (I_("hide"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::map:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*
* The ::map signal is emitted when @widget is going to be mapped, that is
* when the widget is visible (which is controlled with
* gtk_widget_set_visible()) and all its parents up to the toplevel widget
* are also visible.
*
* The ::map signal can be used to determine whether a widget will be drawn,
* for instance it can resume an animation that was stopped during the
* emission of #GtkWidget::unmap.
*/
widget_signals[MAP] =
g_signal_new (I_("map"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::unmap:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*
* The ::unmap signal is emitted when @widget is going to be unmapped, which
* means that either it or any of its parents up to the toplevel widget have
* been set as hidden.
*
* As ::unmap indicates that a widget will not be shown any longer, it can be
* used to, for example, stop an animation on the widget.
*/
widget_signals[UNMAP] =
g_signal_new (I_("unmap"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::realize:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*
* The ::realize signal is emitted when @widget is associated with a
* #GdkSurface, which means that gtk_widget_realize() has been called or the
* widget has been mapped (that is, it is going to be drawn).
*/
widget_signals[REALIZE] =
g_signal_new (I_("realize"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::unrealize:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*
* The ::unrealize signal is emitted when the #GdkSurface associated with
* @widget is destroyed, which means that gtk_widget_unrealize() has been
* called or the widget has been unmapped (that is, it is going to be
* hidden).
*/
widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
g_signal_new (I_("unrealize"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::size-allocate:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @allocation: (type Gtk.Allocation): the region which has been
* allocated to the widget.
* @baseline: the baseline
*/
widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE] =
g_signal_new (I_("size-allocate"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_allocate),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 2,
GDK_TYPE_RECTANGLE | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_INT);
/**
* GtkWidget::state-flags-changed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @flags: The previous state flags.
*
* The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state
* changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().
*/
widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("state-flags-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_flags_changed),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_STATE_FLAGS);
/**
* GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_toplevel: (allow-none): the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL
* if the widget was previously unanchored
*
* The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
* anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is
* “anchored” when its toplevel
* ancestor is a #GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when
* a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.
*/
widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("hierarchy-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hierarchy_changed),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET);
/**
* GtkWidget::style-updated:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
*
* The ::style-updated signal is a convenience signal that is emitted when the
* #GtkStyleContext::changed signal is emitted on the @widget's associated
* #GtkStyleContext as returned by gtk_widget_get_style_context().
*/
widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED] =
g_signal_new (I_("style-updated"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_updated),
NULL, NULL,
g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::direction-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_direction: the previous text direction of @widget
*
* The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
* of a widget changes.
*/
widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("direction-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
/**
* GtkWidget::grab-notify:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @was_grabbed: %FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
* if it becomes unshadowed
*
* The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
* shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
* another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
* being removed.
*
* A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost
* grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not
* its ancestor.
*/
widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
g_signal_new (I_("grab-notify"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
/**
* GtkWidget::child-notify:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @child_property: the #GParamSpec of the changed child property
*
* The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each
* [child property][child-properties] that has
* changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.
*/
widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY] =
g_signal_new (I_("child-notify"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_DETAILED | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, child_notify),
NULL, NULL,
g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
G_TYPE_PARAM);
/**
* GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
*
* The default handler for this signal activates @widget if @group_cycling
* is %FALSE, or just makes @widget grab focus if @group_cycling is %TRUE.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
g_signal_new (I_("mnemonic-activate"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
/**
* GtkWidget::grab-focus:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("grab-focus"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_focus),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::focus:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @direction:
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("focus"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::move-focus:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @direction:
*/
widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("move-focus"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, move_focus),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE,
1,
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::keynav-failed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @direction: the direction of movement
*
* Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
* See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
* navigation attempt in its parent widget(s).
**/
widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
g_signal_new (I_("keynav-failed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, keynav_failed),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
*
* The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
* to a widget: one generic ::event signal, another, more specific,
* signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
* #GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic
* #GtkWidget::event-after signal.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event
* and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of
* the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of
* the return value.
*/
widget_signals[EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_DEPRECATED,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECTv);
/**
* GtkWidget::key-press-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
*
* The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed. The signal
* emission will reoccur at the key-repeat rate when the key is kept pressed.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkSurface associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("key-press-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_press_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECTv);
/**
* GtkWidget::key-release-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
*
* The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is released.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkSurface associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("key-release-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_release_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT);
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECTv);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-leave:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @context: the drag context
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
*
* The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
* leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to
* undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting
* with gtk_drag_unhighlight().
*
*
* Likewise, the #GtkWidget::drag-leave signal is also emitted before the
* ::drag-drop signal, for instance to allow cleaning up of a preview item
* created in the #GtkWidget::drag-motion signal handler.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_LEAVE] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-leave"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_leave),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 2,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-begin:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @context: the drag context
*
* The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
* started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
* custom drag icon with e.g. gtk_drag_source_set_icon_paintable().
*
* Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of
* this signal, so you may have to use g_signal_connect_after() to
* override what the default handler did.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-begin"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_begin),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-end:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @context: the drag context
*
* The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
* finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo
* things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_END] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-end"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_end),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-data-delete:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @context: the drag context
*
* The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
* with the action %GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal
* handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
* "delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_DELETE] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-delete"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_delete),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-failed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @context: the drag context
* @result: the result of the drag operation
*
* The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
* failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DnD
* operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has
* been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
* animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_FAILED] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-failed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_failed),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 2,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
GTK_TYPE_DRAG_RESULT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-motion:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @context: the drag context
* @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
* @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
*
* The ::drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
* moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
* must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
* If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing
* is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the
* handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for
* displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status().
*
* If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be
* made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the
* handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and
* defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received
* handler. Note that you must pass #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP,
* #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set()
* when using the drag-motion signal that way.
*
* Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to
* keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the
* last #GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as
* an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight
* the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight().
* |[
* static void
* drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
* GdkDragContext *context,
* gint x,
* gint y,
* guint time)
* {
* GdkAtom target;
*
* PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
*
* if (!private_data->drag_highlight)
* {
* private_data->drag_highlight = 1;
* gtk_drag_highlight (widget);
* }
*
* target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL);
* if (target == NULL)
* gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
* else
* {
* private_data->pending_status
* = gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action (context);
* gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time);
* }
*
* return TRUE;
* }
*
* static void
* drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
* GdkDragContext *context,
* gint x,
* gint y,
* GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
* guint info,
* guint time)
* {
* PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
*
* if (private_data->suggested_action)
* {
* private_data->suggested_action = 0;
*
* // We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion,
* // rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just
* // supposed to call gdk_drag_status(), not actually paste in
* // the data.
*
* str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data);
* if (!data_is_acceptable (str))
* gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
* else
* gdk_drag_status (context,
* private_data->suggested_action,
* time);
* }
* else
* {
* // accept the drop
* }
* }
* ]|
*
* Returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_MOTION] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-motion"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_motion),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-drop:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @context: the drag context
* @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
* @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
*
* The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
* the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether
* the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop
* zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary.
* Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the handler must
* ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that
* the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either
* directly or in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets
* triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one
* or more of the supported targets.
*
* Returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DROP] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-drop"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_drop),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-data-get:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @context: the drag context
* @data: the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data
* @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
* #GtkTargetList
* @time: the timestamp at which the data was requested
*
* The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
* site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of
* the signal handler to fill @data with the data in the format which
* is indicated by @info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and
* gtk_selection_data_set_text().
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_GET] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-get"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_get),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 3,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-data-received:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @context: the drag context
* @x: where the drop happened
* @y: where the drop happened
* @data: the received data
* @time: the timestamp at which the data was received
*
* The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
* dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to
* determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected
* to call gdk_drag_status() and not finish the drag.
* If the data was received in response to a #GtkWidget::drag-drop signal
* (and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this
* signal is expected to process the received data and then call
* gtk_drag_finish(), setting the @success parameter depending on
* whether the data was processed successfully.
*
* Applications must create some means to determine why the signal was emitted
* and therefore whether to call gdk_drag_status() or gtk_drag_finish().
*
* The handler may inspect the selected action with
* gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action() before calling
* gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement %GDK_ACTION_ASK as
* shown in the following example:
* |[
* void
* drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
* GdkDragContext *context,
* gint x,
* gint y,
* GtkSelectionData *data,
* guint info,
* guint time)
* {
* if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8))
* {
* GdkDragAction action;
*
* // handle data here
*
* action = gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action (context);
* if (action == GDK_ACTION_ASK)
* {
* GtkWidget *dialog;
* gint response;
*
* dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL,
* GTK_DIALOG_MODAL |
* GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
* GTK_MESSAGE_INFO,
* GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO,
* "Move the data ?\n");
* response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
* gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
*
* if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
* action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
* else
* action = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
* }
*
* gtk_drag_finish (context, TRUE, action == GDK_ACTION_MOVE, time);
* }
* else
* gtk_drag_finish (context, FALSE, FALSE, time);
* }
* ]|
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-received"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_received),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 3,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::query-tooltip:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @x: the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
* been emitted, relative to @widget's left side
* @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
* been emitted, relative to @widget's top
* @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was triggered using the keyboard
* @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
*
* Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the hover timeout
* has expired with the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got
* focus in keyboard mode.
*
* Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
* whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case
* %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if
* @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and
* should not be used.
*
* The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
* destined function calls.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
*/
widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, query_tooltip),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN,
GTK_TYPE_TOOLTIP);
/**
* GtkWidget::popup-menu:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
*
* This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
* menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
* by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause
* the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the #GtkEntry widget creates
* a menu with clipboard commands. See the
* [Popup Menu Migration Checklist][checklist-popup-menu]
* for an example of how to use this signal.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if a menu was activated
*/
widget_signals[POPUP_MENU] =
g_signal_new (I_("popup-menu"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, popup_menu),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__VOID,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::accel-closures-changed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*
* The ::accel-closures-changed signal gets emitted when accelerators for this
* widget get added, removed or changed.
*/
widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("accel-closures-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
0,
0,
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::display-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_display: (allow-none): the previous screen, or %NULL if the
* widget was not associated with a screen before
*
* The ::display-changed signal gets emitted when the
* display of a widget has changed.
*/
widget_signals[DISPLAY_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("display-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, display_changed),
NULL, NULL,
NULL,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_DISPLAY);
/**
* GtkWidget::can-activate-accel:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
*
* Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
* identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
* This signal is present to allow applications and derived
* widgets to override the default #GtkWidget handling
* for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal can be activated.
*/
widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL] =
g_signal_new (I_("can-activate-accel"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, can_activate_accel),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__UINT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1, G_TYPE_UINT);
binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (klass);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F10, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
"popup-menu", 0);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_Menu, 0,
"popup-menu", 0);
gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (klass, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE);
gtk_widget_class_set_css_name (klass, I_("widget"));
}
static void
gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
{
template_data_free (klass->priv->template);
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
const GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
switch (prop_id)
{
gboolean tmp;
gchar *tooltip_markup;
const gchar *tooltip_text;
GtkWindow *tooltip_window;
case PROP_NAME:
gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
break;
case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2);
break;
case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_VISIBLE:
gtk_widget_set_visible (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_SENSITIVE:
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
gtk_widget_set_can_focus (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
break;
case PROP_IS_FOCUS:
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
break;
case PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK:
gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
gtk_widget_set_can_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
gtk_widget_grab_default (widget);
break;
case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
gtk_widget_set_receives_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_CURSOR:
gtk_widget_set_cursor (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
break;
case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
g_value_get_boolean (value), FALSE);
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
tooltip_markup = g_value_dup_string (value);
/* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
* because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
*/
if (tooltip_markup && (strlen (tooltip_markup) == 0))
{
g_free (tooltip_markup);
tooltip_markup = NULL;
}
g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
tooltip_markup, g_free);
tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
tooltip_text = g_value_get_string (value);
/* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
* because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
*/
if (tooltip_text && (strlen (tooltip_text) == 0))
tooltip_text = NULL;
tooltip_markup = tooltip_text ? g_markup_escape_text (tooltip_text, -1) : NULL;
g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
tooltip_markup, g_free);
tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
break;
case PROP_HALIGN:
gtk_widget_set_halign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
break;
case PROP_VALIGN:
gtk_widget_set_valign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_START:
gtk_widget_set_margin_start (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_END:
gtk_widget_set_margin_end (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN:
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
gtk_widget_set_margin_start (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
gtk_widget_set_margin_end (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
break;
case PROP_HEXPAND:
gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_VEXPAND:
gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_EXPAND:
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
break;
case PROP_OPACITY:
gtk_widget_set_opacity (widget, g_value_get_double (value));
break;
case PROP_CSS_NAME:
if (g_value_get_string (value) != NULL)
gtk_css_node_set_name (widget->priv->cssnode, g_intern_string (g_value_get_string (value)));
else
gtk_css_node_set_name (widget->priv->cssnode, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->priv->css_name);
break;
default:
G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
break;
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
switch (prop_id)
{
case PROP_NAME:
if (priv->name)
g_value_set_string (value, priv->name);
else
g_value_set_static_string (value, "");
break;
case PROP_PARENT:
g_value_set_object (value, priv->parent);
break;
case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
{
int w;
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
g_value_set_int (value, w);
}
break;
case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
{
int h;
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
g_value_set_int (value, h);
}
break;
case PROP_VISIBLE:
g_value_set_boolean (value, _gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
break;
case PROP_SENSITIVE:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_sensitive (widget));
break;
case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget));
break;
case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_has_focus (widget));
break;
case PROP_IS_FOCUS:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_is_focus (widget));
break;
case PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click (widget));
break;
case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget));
break;
case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_has_default (widget));
break;
case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_receives_default (widget));
break;
case PROP_CURSOR:
g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_cursor (widget));
break;
case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (widget));
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
{
gchar *escaped = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup);
gchar *text = NULL;
if (escaped && !pango_parse_markup (escaped, -1, 0, NULL, &text, NULL, NULL))
g_assert (NULL == text); /* text should still be NULL in case of markup errors */
g_value_take_string (value, text);
}
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
g_value_set_string (value, g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup));
break;
case PROP_SURFACE:
g_value_set_object (value, _gtk_widget_get_surface (widget));
break;
case PROP_HALIGN:
g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_halign (widget));
break;
case PROP_VALIGN:
g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_valign (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_START:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_start (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_END:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_end (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_top (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN:
g_value_set_int (value, MAX (MAX (priv->margin.left,
priv->margin.right),
MAX (priv->margin.top,
priv->margin.bottom)));
break;
case PROP_HEXPAND:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget));
break;
case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (widget));
break;
case PROP_VEXPAND:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
break;
case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (widget));
break;
case PROP_EXPAND:
g_value_set_boolean (value,
gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget) &&
gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
break;
case PROP_OPACITY:
g_value_set_double (value, gtk_widget_get_opacity (widget));
break;
case PROP_SCALE_FACTOR:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget));
break;
case PROP_CSS_NAME:
g_value_set_string (value, gtk_css_node_get_name (priv->cssnode));
break;
default:
G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
break;
}
}
static void
_gtk_widget_emulate_press (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkEvent *event)
{
GtkWidget *event_widget, *next_child, *parent;
GdkEvent *press;
event_widget = gtk_get_event_target ((GdkEvent *) event);
if (event_widget == widget)
return;
if (event->any.type == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN ||
event->any.type == GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE ||
event->any.type == GDK_TOUCH_END)
{
press = gdk_event_copy (event);
press->any.type = GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN;
}
else if (event->any.type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS ||
event->any.type == GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE)
{
press = gdk_event_copy (event);
press->any.type = GDK_BUTTON_PRESS;
}
else if (event->any.type == GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY)
{
press = gdk_event_new (GDK_BUTTON_PRESS);
press->any.surface = g_object_ref (event->any.surface);
press->button.time = event->motion.time;
press->button.x = event->motion.x;
press->button.y = event->motion.y;
press->button.x_root = event->motion.x_root;
press->button.y_root = event->motion.y_root;
press->button.state = event->motion.state;
press->button.axes = g_memdup (event->motion.axes,
sizeof (gdouble) *
gdk_device_get_n_axes (event->any.device));
if (event->motion.state & GDK_BUTTON3_MASK)
press->button.button = 3;
else if (event->motion.state & GDK_BUTTON2_MASK)
press->button.button = 2;
else
{
if ((event->motion.state & GDK_BUTTON1_MASK) == 0)
g_critical ("Guessing button number 1 on generated button press event");
press->button.button = 1;
}
gdk_event_set_device (press, gdk_event_get_device (event));
gdk_event_set_source_device (press, gdk_event_get_source_device (event));
}
else
return;
press->any.send_event = TRUE;
next_child = event_widget;
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (next_child);
while (parent && parent != widget)
{
next_child = parent;
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
}
/* Perform propagation state starting from the next child in the chain */
gtk_propagate_event_internal (event_widget, press, next_child);
g_object_unref (press);
}
static const GdkEvent *
_gtk_widget_get_last_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventSequence *sequence)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
EventControllerData *data;
const GdkEvent *event;
GList *l;
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
data = l->data;
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (data->controller))
continue;
event = gtk_gesture_get_last_event (GTK_GESTURE (data->controller),
sequence);
if (event)
return event;
}
return NULL;
}
static gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_emulating_sequence (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventSequence *sequence,
GdkEventSequence **sequence_out)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GList *l;
*sequence_out = sequence;
if (sequence)
{
const GdkEvent *last_event;
last_event = _gtk_widget_get_last_event (widget, sequence);
if (last_event &&
(last_event->any.type == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN ||
last_event->any.type == GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE ||
last_event->any.type == GDK_TOUCH_END) &&
last_event->touch.emulating_pointer)
return TRUE;
}
else
{
/* For a NULL(pointer) sequence, find the pointer emulating one */
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
EventControllerData *data = l->data;
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (data->controller))
continue;
if (_gtk_gesture_get_pointer_emulating_sequence (GTK_GESTURE (data->controller),
sequence_out))
return TRUE;
}
}
return FALSE;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_needs_press_emulation (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventSequence *sequence)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
gboolean sequence_press_handled = FALSE;
GList *l;
/* Check whether there is any remaining gesture in
* the capture phase that handled the press event
*/
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
EventControllerData *data;
GtkPropagationPhase phase;
GtkGesture *gesture;
data = l->data;
phase = gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (data->controller);
if (phase != GTK_PHASE_CAPTURE)
continue;
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (data->controller))
continue;
gesture = GTK_GESTURE (data->controller);
sequence_press_handled |=
(gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (gesture, sequence) &&
_gtk_gesture_handled_sequence_press (gesture, sequence));
}
return !sequence_press_handled;
}
static gint
_gtk_widget_set_sequence_state_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventSequence *sequence,
GtkEventSequenceState state,
GtkGesture *emitter)
{
gboolean emulates_pointer, sequence_handled = FALSE;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
const GdkEvent *mimic_event;
GList *group = NULL, *l;
GdkEventSequence *seq;
gint n_handled = 0;
if (!priv->event_controllers && state != GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED)
return TRUE;
if (emitter)
group = gtk_gesture_get_group (emitter);
emulates_pointer = _gtk_widget_get_emulating_sequence (widget, sequence, &seq);
mimic_event = _gtk_widget_get_last_event (widget, seq);
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
GtkEventSequenceState gesture_state;
EventControllerData *data;
GtkGesture *gesture;
gboolean retval;
seq = sequence;
data = l->data;
gesture_state = state;
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (data->controller))
continue;
gesture = GTK_GESTURE (data->controller);
if (gesture == emitter)
{
sequence_handled |=
_gtk_gesture_handled_sequence_press (gesture, sequence);
n_handled++;
continue;
}
if (seq && emulates_pointer &&
!gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (gesture, seq))
seq = NULL;
if (group && !g_list_find (group, data->controller))
{
/* If a group is provided, ensure only gestures pertaining to the group
* get a "claimed" state, all other claiming gestures must deny the sequence.
*/
if (gesture_state == GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED &&
gtk_gesture_get_sequence_state (gesture, sequence) == GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED)
gesture_state = GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED;
else
continue;
}
else if (!group &&
gtk_gesture_get_sequence_state (gesture, sequence) != GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED)
continue;
g_signal_handler_block (data->controller, data->sequence_state_changed_id);
retval = gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state (gesture, seq, gesture_state);
g_signal_handler_unblock (data->controller, data->sequence_state_changed_id);
if (retval || gesture == emitter)
{
sequence_handled |=
_gtk_gesture_handled_sequence_press (gesture, seq);
n_handled++;
}
}
/* If the sequence goes denied, check whether this is a controller attached
* to the capture phase, that additionally handled the button/touch press (i.e.
* it was consumed), the corresponding press will be emulated for widgets
* beneath, so the widgets beneath get a coherent stream of events from now on.
*/
if (n_handled > 0 && sequence_handled &&
state == GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED &&
gtk_widget_needs_press_emulation (widget, sequence))
_gtk_widget_emulate_press (widget, mimic_event);
g_list_free (group);
return n_handled;
}
static gboolean
_gtk_widget_cancel_sequence (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventSequence *sequence)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
gboolean emulates_pointer;
gboolean handled = FALSE;
GdkEventSequence *seq;
GList *l;
emulates_pointer = _gtk_widget_get_emulating_sequence (widget, sequence, &seq);
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
EventControllerData *data;
GtkGesture *gesture;
seq = sequence;
data = l->data;
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (data->controller))
continue;
gesture = GTK_GESTURE (data->controller);
if (seq && emulates_pointer &&
!gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (gesture, seq))
seq = NULL;
if (!gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (gesture, seq))
continue;
handled |= _gtk_gesture_cancel_sequence (gesture, seq);
}
return handled;
}
static void
gtk_widget_init (GTypeInstance *instance, gpointer g_class)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (instance);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
widget->priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
priv = widget->priv;
priv->visible = gtk_widget_class_get_visible_by_default (g_class);
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
priv->name = NULL;
priv->allocation.x = -1;
priv->allocation.y = -1;
priv->allocation.width = 0;
priv->allocation.height = 0;
priv->user_alpha = 255;
priv->alpha = 255;
priv->surface = NULL;
priv->parent = NULL;
priv->first_child = NULL;
priv->last_child = NULL;
priv->prev_sibling = NULL;
priv->next_sibling = NULL;
priv->allocated_baseline = -1;
priv->allocated_size_baseline = -1;
priv->sensitive = TRUE;
priv->alloc_needed = TRUE;
priv->alloc_needed_on_child = TRUE;
priv->draw_needed = TRUE;
priv->focus_on_click = TRUE;
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
priv->highlight_resize = FALSE;
#endif
switch (_gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
{
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR:
priv->state_flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR;
break;
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL:
priv->state_flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL;
break;
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE:
default:
g_assert_not_reached ();
break;
}
/* this will be set to TRUE if the widget gets a child or if the
* expand flag is set on the widget, but until one of those happen
* we know the expand is already properly FALSE.
*
* We really want to default FALSE here to avoid computing expand
* all over the place while initially building a widget tree.
*/
priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
priv->halign = GTK_ALIGN_FILL;
priv->valign = GTK_ALIGN_FILL;
priv->width = -1;
priv->height = -1;
_gtk_size_request_cache_init (&priv->requests);
priv->cssnode = gtk_css_widget_node_new (widget);
gtk_css_node_set_state (priv->cssnode, priv->state_flags);
gtk_css_node_set_visible (priv->cssnode, priv->visible);
/* need to set correct type here, and only class has the correct type here */
gtk_css_node_set_widget_type (priv->cssnode, G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (g_class));
gtk_widget_init_legacy_controller (widget);
}
static void
gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
guint n_pspecs,
GParamSpec **pspecs)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GtkWidget *container = priv->parent;
guint i;
for (i = 0; widget->priv->parent == container && i < n_pspecs; i++)
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY], g_param_spec_get_name_quark (pspecs[i]), pspecs[i]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The
* signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called
* on @widget.
*
* This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.
**/
void
gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
return;
g_object_ref (widget);
g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_child_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @child_property: the name of a child property installed on the
* class of @widget’s parent
*
* Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
* [child property][child-properties] @child_property
* on @widget.
*
* This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
*
* Also see gtk_container_child_notify().
*/
void
gtk_widget_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *child_property)
{
if (widget->priv->parent == NULL)
return;
gtk_container_child_notify (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->priv->parent), widget, child_property);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
* This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be
* emitted.
*/
void
gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
return;
g_object_ref (widget);
nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_from_object (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
if (!nqueue || !nqueue->freeze_count)
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": child-property-changed notification for %s(%p) is not frozen",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
else
g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_new:
* @type: type ID of the widget to create
* @first_property_name: name of first property to set
* @...: value of first property, followed by more properties,
* %NULL-terminated
*
* This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
* its properties in one go. For example you might write:
* `gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
* 0.0, NULL)` to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
* g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don’t have to
* cast the object yourself.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_new (GType type,
const gchar *first_property_name,
...)
{
GtkWidget *widget;
va_list var_args;
g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
va_end (var_args);
return widget;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unparent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
* Should be called by parent widgets to dissociate @widget
* from the parent.
**/
void
gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
GtkWidget *toplevel;
GtkWidget *old_parent;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->parent == NULL)
return;
/* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach() */
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
if (gtk_widget_get_focus_child (priv->parent) == widget)
gtk_widget_set_focus_child (priv->parent, NULL);
if (_gtk_widget_is_drawable (priv->parent))
gtk_widget_queue_draw (priv->parent);
if (priv->visible && _gtk_widget_get_visible (priv->parent))
gtk_widget_queue_resize (priv->parent);
/* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
* get added back to a new parent.
*/
priv->allocation.width = 0;
priv->allocation.height = 0;
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
/* If we are unanchoring the child, we save around the toplevel
* to emit hierarchy changed
*/
if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
g_object_ref (toplevel);
else
toplevel = NULL;
/* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
* flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
* in the next parent.
*/
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
old_parent = priv->parent;
if (old_parent)
{
if (old_parent->priv->first_child == widget)
old_parent->priv->first_child = priv->next_sibling;
if (old_parent->priv->last_child == widget)
old_parent->priv->last_child = priv->prev_sibling;
if (priv->prev_sibling)
priv->prev_sibling->priv->next_sibling = priv->next_sibling;
if (priv->next_sibling)
priv->next_sibling->priv->prev_sibling = priv->prev_sibling;
}
priv->parent = NULL;
priv->prev_sibling = NULL;
priv->next_sibling = NULL;
/* parent may no longer expand if the removed
* child was expand=TRUE and could therefore
* be forcing it to.
*/
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
(priv->need_compute_expand ||
priv->computed_hexpand ||
priv->computed_vexpand))
{
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (old_parent);
}
/* Unset BACKDROP since we are no longer inside a toplevel window */
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP);
if (priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context, NULL);
gtk_css_node_set_parent (widget->priv->cssnode, NULL);
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
if (toplevel)
{
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, toplevel);
g_object_unref (toplevel);
}
/* Now that the parent pointer is nullified and the hierarchy-changed
* already passed, go ahead and unset the parent window, if we are unparenting
* an embedded GtkWindow the window will become toplevel again and hierarchy-changed
* will fire again for the new subhierarchy.
*/
gtk_widget_set_parent_surface (widget, NULL);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_PARENT]);
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
if (!priv->parent)
g_object_notify_queue_clear (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_destroy:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Destroys a widget.
*
* When a widget is destroyed all references it holds on other objects
* will be released:
*
* - if the widget is inside a container, it will be removed from its
* parent
* - if the widget is a container, all its children will be destroyed,
* recursively
* - if the widget is a top level, it will be removed from the list
* of top level widgets that GTK+ maintains internally
*
* It's expected that all references held on the widget will also
* be released; you should connect to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal
* if you hold a reference to @widget and you wish to remove it when
* this function is called. It is not necessary to do so if you are
* implementing a #GtkContainer, as you'll be able to use the
* #GtkContainerClass.remove() virtual function for that.
*
* It's important to notice that gtk_widget_destroy() will only cause
* the @widget to be finalized if no additional references, acquired
* using g_object_ref(), are held on it. In case additional references
* are in place, the @widget will be in an "inert" state after calling
* this function; @widget will still point to valid memory, allowing you
* to release the references you hold, but you may not query the widget's
* own state.
*
* You should typically call this function on top level widgets, and
* rarely on child widgets.
*
* See also: gtk_container_remove()
*/
void
gtk_widget_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!widget->priv->in_destruction)
g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_destroyed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @widget_pointer: (inout) (transfer none): address of a variable that contains @widget
*
* This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
* %NULL. It’s intended to be used as a callback connected to the
* “destroy” signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
* as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
* as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
* be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
* of the same dialog.
**/
void
gtk_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget **widget_pointer)
{
/* Don't make any assumptions about the
* value of widget!
* Even check widget_pointer.
*/
if (widget_pointer)
*widget_pointer = NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_show:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn’t shown will
* not appear on the screen.
*
* Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
* in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
*
* When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
* mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
* toplevel container is realized and mapped.
**/
void
gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
GtkWidget *parent;
g_object_ref (widget);
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
if (parent)
{
gtk_widget_queue_resize (parent);
/* see comment in set_parent() for why this should and can be
* conditional
*/
if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (parent);
}
gtk_css_node_set_visible (widget->priv->cssnode, TRUE);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_VISIBLE]);
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
priv->visible = TRUE;
if (priv->parent &&
_gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
_gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
gtk_widget_map (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_hide:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
* hidden (invisible to the user).
**/
void
gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
GtkWidget *toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
GtkWidget *parent;
g_object_ref (widget);
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
if (toplevel != widget && _gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
/* a parent may now be expand=FALSE since we're hidden. */
if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
{
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
}
gtk_css_node_set_visible (widget->priv->cssnode, FALSE);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_VISIBLE]);
parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
if (parent)
gtk_widget_queue_resize (parent);
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (widget);
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
{
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
widget->priv->visible = FALSE;
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
}
}
static void
update_cursor_on_state_change (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (!GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
return;
gtk_window_update_pointer_focus_on_state_change (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel),
widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_map:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
* a widget to be mapped if it isn’t already.
**/
void
gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget));
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
if (!_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_realize (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
update_cursor_on_state_change (widget);
if (!_gtk_widget_get_has_surface (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unmap:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
* a widget to be unmapped if it’s currently mapped.
**/
void
gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
g_object_ref (widget);
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
update_cursor_on_state_change (widget);
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
typedef struct _GtkTickCallbackInfo GtkTickCallbackInfo;
struct _GtkTickCallbackInfo
{
guint refcount;
guint id;
GtkTickCallback callback;
gpointer user_data;
GDestroyNotify notify;
guint destroyed : 1;
};
static void
ref_tick_callback_info (GtkTickCallbackInfo *info)
{
info->refcount++;
}
static void
unref_tick_callback_info (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info,
GList *link)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
info->refcount--;
if (info->refcount == 0)
{
priv->tick_callbacks = g_list_delete_link (priv->tick_callbacks, link);
if (info->notify)
info->notify (info->user_data);
g_slice_free (GtkTickCallbackInfo, info);
}
if (priv->tick_callbacks == NULL && priv->clock_tick_id)
{
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock = gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget);
g_signal_handler_disconnect (frame_clock, priv->clock_tick_id);
priv->clock_tick_id = 0;
gdk_frame_clock_end_updating (frame_clock);
}
}
static void
destroy_tick_callback_info (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info,
GList *link)
{
if (!info->destroyed)
{
info->destroyed = TRUE;
unref_tick_callback_info (widget, info, link);
}
}
static void
destroy_tick_callbacks (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GList *l;
for (l = priv->tick_callbacks; l;)
{
GList *next = l->next;
destroy_tick_callback_info (widget, l->data, l);
l = next;
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_on_frame_clock_update (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock,
GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GList *l;
g_object_ref (widget);
for (l = priv->tick_callbacks; l;)
{
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info = l->data;
GList *next;
ref_tick_callback_info (info);
if (!info->destroyed)
{
if (info->callback (widget,
frame_clock,
info->user_data) == G_SOURCE_REMOVE)
{
destroy_tick_callback_info (widget, info, l);
}
}
next = l->next;
unref_tick_callback_info (widget, info, l);
l = next;
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
static guint tick_callback_id;
/**
* gtk_widget_add_tick_callback:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @callback: function to call for updating animations
* @user_data: data to pass to @callback
* @notify: function to call to free @user_data when the callback is removed.
*
* Queues an animation frame update and adds a callback to be called
* before each frame. Until the tick callback is removed, it will be
* called frequently (usually at the frame rate of the output device
* or as quickly as the application can be repainted, whichever is
* slower). For this reason, is most suitable for handling graphics
* that change every frame or every few frames. The tick callback does
* not automatically imply a relayout or repaint. If you want a
* repaint or relayout, and aren’t changing widget properties that
* would trigger that (for example, changing the text of a #GtkLabel),
* then you will have to call gtk_widget_queue_resize() or
* gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() yourself.
*
* gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time() should generally be used for timing
* continuous animations and
* gdk_frame_timings_get_predicted_presentation_time() if you are
* trying to display isolated frames at particular times.
*
* This is a more convenient alternative to connecting directly to the
* #GdkFrameClock::update signal of #GdkFrameClock, since you don't
* have to worry about when a #GdkFrameClock is assigned to a widget.
*
* Returns: an id for the connection of this callback. Remove the callback
* by passing it to gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback()
*/
guint
gtk_widget_add_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTickCallback callback,
gpointer user_data,
GDestroyNotify notify)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info;
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->realized && !priv->clock_tick_id)
{
frame_clock = gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget);
if (frame_clock)
{
priv->clock_tick_id = g_signal_connect (frame_clock, "update",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_on_frame_clock_update),
widget);
gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating (frame_clock);
}
}
info = g_slice_new0 (GtkTickCallbackInfo);
info->refcount = 1;
info->id = ++tick_callback_id;
info->callback = callback;
info->user_data = user_data;
info->notify = notify;
priv->tick_callbacks = g_list_prepend (priv->tick_callbacks,
info);
return info->id;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @id: an id returned by gtk_widget_add_tick_callback()
*
* Removes a tick callback previously registered with
* gtk_widget_add_tick_callback().
*/
void
gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
guint id)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GList *l;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
for (l = priv->tick_callbacks; l; l = l->next)
{
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info = l->data;
if (info->id == id)
{
destroy_tick_callback_info (widget, info, l);
return;
}
}
}
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->tick_callbacks != NULL;
}
static void
gtk_widget_connect_frame_clock (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock;
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && _gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
gtk_container_start_idle_sizer (GTK_CONTAINER (widget));
frame_clock = gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget);
if (priv->tick_callbacks != NULL && !priv->clock_tick_id)
{
priv->clock_tick_id = g_signal_connect (frame_clock, "update",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_on_frame_clock_update),
widget);
gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating (frame_clock);
}
gtk_css_node_invalidate_frame_clock (priv->cssnode, FALSE);
if (priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_frame_clock (priv->context, frame_clock);
}
static void
gtk_widget_disconnect_frame_clock (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && _gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
gtk_container_stop_idle_sizer (GTK_CONTAINER (widget));
gtk_css_node_invalidate_frame_clock (priv->cssnode, FALSE);
if (priv->clock_tick_id)
{
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock;
frame_clock = gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget);
g_signal_handler_disconnect (frame_clock, priv->clock_tick_id);
priv->clock_tick_id = 0;
gdk_frame_clock_end_updating (frame_clock);
}
if (priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_frame_clock (priv->context, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_realize:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
* widget. For example, @widget->surface will be created when a widget
* is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
* a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
* realized and mapped automatically.
*
* Realizing a widget requires all
* the widget’s parent widgets to be realized; calling
* gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget’s parents in addition to
* @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
* when you realize it, bad things will happen.
*
* This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
* isn’t very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
* need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
* called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
* #GtkWidget::draw. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the
* #GtkWidget::realize signal.
**/
void
gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->anchored ||
GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (!_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
/*
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && _gtk_widget_get_has_surface (widget))
g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
*/
if (priv->parent == NULL &&
!_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
"inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
"Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
if (priv->parent && !_gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
gtk_widget_realize (priv->parent);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (widget), TRUE);
gtk_widget_update_input_shape (widget);
if (priv->multidevice)
gdk_surface_set_support_multidevice (priv->surface, TRUE);
gtk_widget_update_alpha (widget);
if (priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_scale (priv->context, gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget));
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unrealize:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only useful in widget implementations.
* Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
* associated with the widget, such as @widget->surface).
**/
void
gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_ref (widget);
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info))
gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
if (widget->priv->mapped)
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
g_assert (!widget->priv->realized);
}
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/*
* Returns the values you're supposed to pass to gdk_surface_move_resize
* for a windowed widget.
*/
void
gtk_widget_get_surface_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
GtkWidget *parent;
graphene_rect_t bounds;
/* Don't consider the parent == widget case here. */
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
while (parent && !_gtk_widget_get_has_surface (parent))
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
g_assert (GTK_IS_WINDOW (parent) || GTK_IS_POPOVER (parent));
gtk_widget_compute_bounds (widget, parent, &bounds);
*allocation = (GtkAllocation){
floorf (bounds.origin.x),
floorf (bounds.origin.y),
ceilf (bounds.size.width),
ceilf (bounds.size.height)
};
}
static void
gtk_widget_invalidate_paintable_contents (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
GSList *l;
if (!_gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
return;
for (l = priv->paintables; l; l = l->next)
gtk_widget_paintable_invalidate_contents (l->data);
}
static void
gtk_widget_invalidate_paintable_size (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
GSList *l;
for (l = priv->paintables; l; l = l->next)
gtk_widget_paintable_invalidate_size (l->data);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_draw:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
* entire area of a widget.
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
/* Just return if the widget isn't mapped */
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
return;
for (; widget; widget = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget))
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
if (priv->draw_needed)
break;
priv->draw_needed = TRUE;
g_clear_pointer (&priv->render_node, gsk_render_node_unref);
priv->render_node_has_clip = FALSE;
gtk_widget_invalidate_paintable_contents (widget);
if (_gtk_widget_get_has_surface (widget) &&
_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gdk_surface_queue_expose (gtk_widget_get_surface (widget));
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget);
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_allocate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
*
* Flags the widget for a rerun of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate
* function. Use this function instead of gtk_widget_queue_resize()
* when the @widget's size request didn't change but it wants to
* reposition its contents.
*
* An example user of this function is gtk_widget_set_halign().
*/
void
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (widget);
}
static inline gboolean
gtk_widget_get_resize_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->resize_needed;
}
/*
* gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Queue a resize on a widget, and on all other widgets grouped with this widget.
*/
static void
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GSList *groups, *l, *widgets;
if (gtk_widget_get_resize_needed (widget))
return;
widget->priv->resize_needed = TRUE;
gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (widget);
groups = _gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (widget);
for (l = groups; l; l = l->next)
{
for (widgets = gtk_size_group_get_widgets (l->data); widgets; widgets = widgets->next)
{
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (widgets->data);
}
}
gtk_widget_invalidate_paintable_size (widget);
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
GtkWidget *parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
if (parent)
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (parent);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_resize:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
* Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
* be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
* For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
* queues a resize to ensure there’s enough space for the new text.
*
* Note that you cannot call gtk_widget_queue_resize() on a widget
* from inside its implementation of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate
* virtual method. Calls to gtk_widget_queue_resize() from inside
* GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
* except that the widget is not invalidated.
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_frame_clock:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Obtains the frame clock for a widget. The frame clock is a global
* “ticker” that can be used to drive animations and repaints. The
* most common reason to get the frame clock is to call
* gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time(), in order to get a time to use for
* animating. For example you might record the start of the animation
* with an initial value from gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time(), and
* then update the animation by calling
* gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time() again during each repaint.
*
* gdk_frame_clock_request_phase() will result in a new frame on the
* clock, but won’t necessarily repaint any widgets. To repaint a
* widget, you have to use gtk_widget_queue_draw() which invalidates
* the widget (thus scheduling it to receive a draw on the next
* frame). gtk_widget_queue_draw() will also end up requesting a frame
* on the appropriate frame clock.
*
* A widget’s frame clock will not change while the widget is
* mapped. Reparenting a widget (which implies a temporary unmap) can
* change the widget’s frame clock.
*
* Unrealized widgets do not have a frame clock.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkFrameClock,
* or %NULL if widget is unrealized
*/
GdkFrameClock*
gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
if (widget->priv->realized)
{
/* We use gtk_widget_get_toplevel() here to make it explicit that
* the frame clock is a property of the toplevel that a widget
* is anchored to; gdk_surface_get_toplevel() will go up the
* hierarchy anyways, but should squash any funny business with
* reparenting windows and widgets.
*/
GtkWidget *toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
GdkSurface *surface = _gtk_widget_get_surface (toplevel);
g_assert (surface != NULL);
return gdk_surface_get_frame_clock (surface);
}
else
{
return NULL;
}
}
static gint
get_number (GtkCssStyle *style,
guint property)
{
double d = _gtk_css_number_value_get (gtk_css_style_get_value (style, property), 100);
if (d < 1)
return ceil (d);
else
return floor (d);
}
static void
get_box_margin (GtkCssStyle *style,
GtkBorder *margin)
{
margin->top = get_number (style, GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_MARGIN_TOP);
margin->left = get_number (style, GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_MARGIN_LEFT);
margin->bottom = get_number (style, GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_MARGIN_BOTTOM);
margin->right = get_number (style, GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_MARGIN_RIGHT);
}
static void
get_box_border (GtkCssStyle *style,
GtkBorder *border)
{
border->top = get_number (style, GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_BORDER_TOP_WIDTH);
border->left = get_number (style, GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_BORDER_LEFT_WIDTH);
border->bottom = get_number (style, GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_BORDER_BOTTOM_WIDTH);
border->right = get_number (style, GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_BORDER_RIGHT_WIDTH);
}
static void
get_box_padding (GtkCssStyle *style,
GtkBorder *border)
{
border->top = get_number (style, GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_PADDING_TOP);
border->left = get_number (style, GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_PADDING_LEFT);
border->bottom = get_number (style, GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_PADDING_BOTTOM);
border->right = get_number (style, GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_PADDING_RIGHT);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_size_allocate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
* @baseline: The baseline of the child, or -1
*
* This function is only used by #GtkWidget subclasses, to assign a size,
* position and (optionally) baseline to their child widgets.
*
* In this function, the allocation and baseline may be adjusted. The given
* allocation will be forced to be bigger than the widget's minimum size,
* as well as at least 0×0 in size.
**/
void
gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
const GtkAllocation *allocation,
int baseline)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
GdkRectangle real_allocation;
GdkRectangle adjusted_allocation;
gboolean alloc_needed;
gboolean size_changed;
gboolean baseline_changed;
gboolean position_changed;
gint natural_width, natural_height, dummy = 0;
gint min_width, min_height;
GtkCssStyle *style;
GtkBorder margin, border, padding;
GdkDisplay *display;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (baseline >= -1);
g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
if (!priv->visible && !_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
goto out;
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
if (GTK_DISPLAY_DEBUG_CHECK (display, RESIZE))
{
priv->highlight_resize = TRUE;
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
}
if (gtk_widget_get_resize_needed (widget))
{
g_warning ("Allocating size to %s %p without calling gtk_widget_measure(). "
"How does the code know the size to allocate?",
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
}
if (GTK_DISPLAY_DEBUG_CHECK (display, GEOMETRY))
{
gint depth;
GtkWidget *parent;
const gchar *name;
depth = 0;
parent = widget;
while (parent)
{
depth++;
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
}
name = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (G_OBJECT (widget)));
g_message ("gtk_widget_size_allocate: %*s%s %d %d %d %d, baseline %d",
2 * depth, " ", name,
allocation->x, allocation->y,
allocation->width, allocation->height,
baseline);
}
#endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
alloc_needed = priv->alloc_needed;
/* Preserve request/allocate ordering */
priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
real_allocation = *allocation;
priv->allocated_size = *allocation;
priv->allocated_size_baseline = baseline;
style = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode);
get_box_margin (style, &margin);
get_box_border (style, &border);
get_box_padding (style, &padding);
adjusted_allocation = real_allocation;
if (gtk_widget_get_request_mode (widget) == GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH)
{
/* Go ahead and request the height for allocated width, note that the internals
* of get_height_for_width will internally limit the for_size to natural size
* when aligning implicitly.
*/
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, -1,
&min_width, &natural_width, NULL, NULL);
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, real_allocation.width,
&min_height, &natural_height, NULL, NULL);
}
else
{
/* Go ahead and request the width for allocated height, note that the internals
* of get_width_for_height will internally limit the for_size to natural size
* when aligning implicitly.
*/
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, -1,
&min_height, &natural_height, NULL, NULL);
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, real_allocation.height,
&min_width, &natural_width, NULL, NULL);
}
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
if ((min_width > real_allocation.width || min_height > real_allocation.height) &&
!GTK_IS_SCROLLABLE (widget))
g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to underallocate %s%s %s %p. "
"Allocation is %dx%d, but minimum required size is %dx%d.",
priv->parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (priv->parent) : "", priv->parent ? "'s child" : "toplevel",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
min_width, min_height);
#endif
/* Now that we have the right natural height and width, go ahead and remove any margins from the
* allocated sizes and possibly limit them to the natural sizes */
gtk_widget_adjust_size_allocation (widget,
GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,
&dummy,
&natural_width,
&adjusted_allocation.x,
&adjusted_allocation.width);
gtk_widget_adjust_size_allocation (widget,
GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL,
&dummy,
&natural_height,
&adjusted_allocation.y,
&adjusted_allocation.height);
if (baseline >= 0)
{
gtk_widget_adjust_baseline_allocation (widget, &baseline);
baseline -= margin.top + border.top + padding.top;
}
if (adjusted_allocation.x < real_allocation.x ||
adjusted_allocation.y < real_allocation.y ||
(adjusted_allocation.x + adjusted_allocation.width) >
(real_allocation.x + real_allocation.width) ||
(adjusted_allocation.y + adjusted_allocation.height >
real_allocation.y + real_allocation.height))
{
g_warning ("%s %p attempted to adjust its size allocation from %d,%d %dx%d to %d,%d %dx%d. adjust_size_allocation must keep allocation inside original bounds",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
real_allocation.x, real_allocation.y, real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
adjusted_allocation.x, adjusted_allocation.y, adjusted_allocation.width, adjusted_allocation.height);
}
else
{
real_allocation = adjusted_allocation;
}
if (real_allocation.width < 0 || real_allocation.height < 0)
{
g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate %s %s %p with width %d and height %d",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), gtk_css_node_get_name (priv->cssnode), widget,
real_allocation.width,
real_allocation.height);
real_allocation.width = 0;
real_allocation.height = 0;
}
if (G_UNLIKELY (_gtk_widget_get_has_surface (widget)))
{
real_allocation.width = MAX (1, real_allocation.width);
real_allocation.height = MAX (1, real_allocation.height);
}
baseline_changed = priv->allocated_baseline != baseline;
size_changed = (priv->allocation.width != real_allocation.width ||
priv->allocation.height != real_allocation.height);
position_changed = (priv->allocation.x != real_allocation.x ||
priv->allocation.y != real_allocation.y);
/* Set the widget allocation to real_allocation now, pass the smaller allocation to the vfunc */
priv->allocation = real_allocation;
priv->allocated_baseline = baseline;
if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !baseline_changed)
{
/* Still have to move the window... */
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
_gtk_widget_get_has_surface (widget))
{
GtkAllocation window_alloc;
gtk_widget_get_surface_allocation (widget, &window_alloc);
gdk_surface_move_resize (priv->surface,
window_alloc.x, window_alloc.y,
window_alloc.width, window_alloc.height);
}
goto check_clip;
}
/* Since gtk_widget_measure does it for us, we can be sure here that
* the given alloaction is large enough for the css margin/bordder/padding */
real_allocation.x = 0;
real_allocation.y = 0;
real_allocation.width -= margin.left + border.left + padding.left +
margin.right + border.right + padding.right;
real_allocation.height -= margin.top + border.top + padding.top +
margin.bottom + border.bottom + padding.bottom;
if (g_signal_has_handler_pending (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0, FALSE))
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0,
&real_allocation,
baseline);
else
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->size_allocate (widget,
&real_allocation,
baseline);
/* Size allocation is god... after consulting god, no further requests or allocations are needed */
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
if (GTK_DISPLAY_DEBUG_CHECK (display, GEOMETRY) && gtk_widget_get_resize_needed (widget))
{
g_warning ("%s %p or a child called gtk_widget_queue_resize() during size_allocate().",
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
}
#endif
gtk_widget_ensure_resize (widget);
priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
priv->alloc_needed_on_child = FALSE;
gtk_widget_invalidate_paintable_size (widget);
check_clip:
if (position_changed || size_changed || baseline_changed)
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
out:
if (priv->alloc_needed_on_child)
gtk_widget_ensure_allocate (widget);
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
* @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
* @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
*
* Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
* is closest to the two widgets.
*
* Returns: (nullable): the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
* @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
* share a common ancestor.
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
GtkWidget *widget_b)
{
GtkWidget *parent_a;
GtkWidget *parent_b;
gint depth_a = 0;
gint depth_b = 0;
parent_a = widget_a;
while (parent_a->priv->parent)
{
parent_a = parent_a->priv->parent;
depth_a++;
}
parent_b = widget_b;
while (parent_b->priv->parent)
{
parent_b = parent_b->priv->parent;
depth_b++;
}
if (parent_a != parent_b)
return NULL;
while (depth_a > depth_b)
{
widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
depth_a--;
}
while (depth_b > depth_a)
{
widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
depth_b--;
}
while (widget_a != widget_b)
{
widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
}
return widget_a;
}
void
gtk_widget_get_origin_relative_to_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
int *origin_x,
int *origin_y)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
GtkBorder margin, border, padding;
GtkCssStyle *style;
style = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode);
get_box_margin (style, &margin);
get_box_border (style, &border);
get_box_padding (style, &padding);
/* allocation is relative to the parent's origin */
*origin_x = priv->allocation.x;
*origin_y = priv->allocation.y;
/* ... but points to the upper left, excluding widget margins
* but including all the css properties */
*origin_x += margin.left + border.left + padding.left;
*origin_y += margin.top + border.top + padding.top;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
* @src_widget: a #GtkWidget
* @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
* @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
* @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
* @dest_x: (out) (optional): location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
* @dest_y: (out) (optional): location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
*
* Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget’s allocation to coordinates
* relative to @dest_widget’s allocations. In order to perform this
* operation, both widget must share a common toplevel.
*
* Returns: %FALSE if @src_widget and @dest_widget have no common
* ancestor. In this case, 0 is stored in
* *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
GtkWidget *dest_widget,
gint src_x,
gint src_y,
gint *dest_x,
gint *dest_y)
{
GtkWidget *ancestor;
GtkWidget *parent;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
if (!ancestor)
{
if (dest_x)
*dest_x = 0;
if (dest_y)
*dest_y = 0;
return FALSE;
}
parent = src_widget;
while (parent != ancestor)
{
int origin_x, origin_y;
gtk_widget_get_origin_relative_to_parent (parent, &origin_x, &origin_y);
src_x += origin_x;
src_y += origin_y;
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
}
parent = dest_widget;
while (parent != ancestor)
{
int origin_x, origin_y;
gtk_widget_get_origin_relative_to_parent (parent, &origin_x, &origin_y);
src_x -= origin_x;
src_y -= origin_y;
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
}
if (dest_x)
*dest_x = src_x;
if (dest_y)
*dest_y = src_y;
return TRUE;
}
/* This is the same as translate_coordinates, but it works on doubles.
* We use this for event coordinates.
*
* We should probably decide for only one of the 2 versions at some point */
gboolean
gtk_widget_translate_coordinatesf (GtkWidget *src_widget,
GtkWidget *dest_widget,
double src_x,
double src_y,
double *dest_x,
double *dest_y)
{
GtkWidget *ancestor;
GtkWidget *parent;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
if (!ancestor)
{
if (dest_x)
*dest_x = 0;
if (dest_y)
*dest_y = 0;
return FALSE;
}
parent = src_widget;
while (parent != ancestor)
{
int origin_x, origin_y;
gtk_widget_get_origin_relative_to_parent (parent, &origin_x, &origin_y);
src_x += origin_x;
src_y += origin_y;
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
}
parent = dest_widget;
while (parent != ancestor)
{
int origin_x, origin_y;
gtk_widget_get_origin_relative_to_parent (parent, &origin_x, &origin_y);
src_x -= origin_x;
src_y -= origin_y;
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
}
if (dest_x)
*dest_x = src_x;
if (dest_y)
*dest_y = src_y;
return TRUE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
const GtkAllocation *allocation,
int baseline)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
_gtk_widget_get_has_surface (widget))
{
GtkAllocation window_alloc;
gtk_widget_get_surface_allocation (widget, &window_alloc);
gdk_surface_move_resize (priv->surface,
window_alloc.x, window_alloc.y,
window_alloc.width, window_alloc.height);
}
}
/* translate initial/final into start/end */
static GtkAlign
effective_align (GtkAlign align,
GtkTextDirection direction)
{
switch (align)
{
case GTK_ALIGN_START:
return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_END : GTK_ALIGN_START;
case GTK_ALIGN_END:
return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_START : GTK_ALIGN_END;
case GTK_ALIGN_FILL:
case GTK_ALIGN_CENTER:
case GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE:
default:
return align;
}
}
static void
adjust_for_align (GtkAlign align,
gint *natural_size,
gint *allocated_pos,
gint *allocated_size)
{
switch (align)
{
case GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE:
case GTK_ALIGN_FILL:
default:
/* change nothing */
break;
case GTK_ALIGN_START:
/* keep *allocated_pos where it is */
*allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
break;
case GTK_ALIGN_END:
if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
{
*allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size);
*allocated_size = *natural_size;
}
break;
case GTK_ALIGN_CENTER:
if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
{
*allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size) / 2;
*allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
}
break;
}
}
static void
adjust_for_margin(gint start_margin,
gint end_margin,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size,
gint *allocated_pos,
gint *allocated_size)
{
*minimum_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
*natural_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
*allocated_pos += start_margin;
*allocated_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
}
void
gtk_widget_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size,
gint *allocated_pos,
gint *allocated_size)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
adjust_for_margin (priv->margin.left,
priv->margin.right,
minimum_size, natural_size,
allocated_pos, allocated_size);
adjust_for_align (effective_align (priv->halign, _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget)),
natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
}
else
{
adjust_for_margin (priv->margin.top,
priv->margin.bottom,
minimum_size, natural_size,
allocated_pos, allocated_size);
adjust_for_align (effective_align (priv->valign, GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE),
natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_adjust_baseline_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *baseline)
{
*baseline -= widget->priv->margin.top;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
/* widgets must be onscreen for accels to take effect */
return gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) &&
_gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget) &&
gdk_surface_is_viewable (priv->surface);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_can_activate_accel:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
*
* Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
* identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
* This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
* signal on @widget; if the signal isn’t overridden by a
* handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is
* that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
* its ancestors mapped.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id)
{
gboolean can_activate = FALSE;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL], 0, signal_id, &can_activate);
return can_activate;
}
typedef struct {
GClosure closure;
guint signal_id;
} AccelClosure;
static void
closure_accel_activate (GClosure *closure,
GValue *return_value,
guint n_param_values,
const GValue *param_values,
gpointer invocation_hint,
gpointer marshal_data)
{
AccelClosure *aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
gboolean can_activate = gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id);
if (can_activate)
g_signal_emit (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id, 0);
/* whether accelerator was handled */
g_value_set_boolean (return_value, can_activate);
}
static void
closures_destroy (gpointer data)
{
GSList *slist, *closures = data;
for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
{
g_closure_invalidate (slist->data);
g_closure_unref (slist->data);
}
g_slist_free (closures);
}
static GClosure*
widget_new_accel_closure (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id)
{
AccelClosure *aclosure;
GClosure *closure = NULL;
GSList *slist, *closures;
closures = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures);
for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
if (!gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
{
/* reuse this closure */
closure = slist->data;
break;
}
if (!closure)
{
closure = g_closure_new_object (sizeof (AccelClosure), G_OBJECT (widget));
closures = g_slist_prepend (closures, g_closure_ref (closure));
g_closure_sink (closure);
g_closure_set_marshal (closure, closure_accel_activate);
}
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, closures, closures_destroy);
aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
g_assert (closure->data == widget);
g_assert (closure->marshal == closure_accel_activate);
aclosure->signal_id = signal_id;
return closure;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_add_accelerator:
* @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
* @accel_signal: widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
* @accel_group: accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
* @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
* @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
* @accel_flags: flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
*
* Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
* @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
* The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget’s toplevel via
* gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_SIGNAL_ACTION.
* Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
* runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
* user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
* gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.
*/
void
gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *accel_signal,
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
guint accel_key,
GdkModifierType accel_mods,
GtkAccelFlags accel_flags)
{
GClosure *closure;
GSignalQuery query;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (accel_signal != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
g_signal_query (g_signal_lookup (accel_signal, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), &query);
if (!query.signal_id ||
!(query.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) ||
query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
query.n_params)
{
/* hmm, should be elaborate enough */
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget '%s' has no activatable signal \"%s\" without arguments",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), accel_signal);
return;
}
closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, query.signal_id);
g_object_ref (widget);
/* install the accelerator. since we don't map this onto an accel_path,
* the accelerator will automatically be locked.
*/
gtk_accel_group_connect (accel_group,
accel_key,
accel_mods,
accel_flags | GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED,
closure);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_remove_accelerator:
* @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
* @accel_group: accel group for this widget
* @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
* @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
*
* Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
* gtk_widget_add_accelerator().
*
* Returns: whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
guint accel_key,
GdkModifierType accel_mods)
{
GtkAccelGroupEntry *ag_entry;
GList *slist, *clist;
guint n;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group), FALSE);
ag_entry = gtk_accel_group_query (accel_group, accel_key, accel_mods, &n);
clist = gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (widget);
for (slist = clist; slist; slist = slist->next)
{
guint i;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
if (slist->data == (gpointer) ag_entry[i].closure)
{
gboolean is_removed = gtk_accel_group_disconnect (accel_group, slist->data);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
g_list_free (clist);
return is_removed;
}
}
g_list_free (clist);
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": no accelerator (%u,%u) installed in accel group (%p) for %s (%p)",
accel_key, accel_mods, accel_group,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
return FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_list_accel_closures:
* @widget: widget to list accelerator closures for
*
* Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
* with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
* The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
* by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the
* #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with
* gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
*
* Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GClosure):
* a newly allocated #GList of closures
*/
GList*
gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GSList *slist;
GList *clist = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
for (slist = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures); slist; slist = slist->next)
if (gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
clist = g_list_prepend (clist, slist->data);
return clist;
}
typedef struct {
GQuark path_quark;
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
GClosure *closure;
} AccelPath;
static void
destroy_accel_path (gpointer data)
{
AccelPath *apath = data;
gtk_accel_group_disconnect (apath->accel_group, apath->closure);
/* closures_destroy takes care of unrefing the closure */
g_object_unref (apath->accel_group);
g_slice_free (AccelPath, apath);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_accel_path:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @accel_path: (allow-none): path used to look up the accelerator
* @accel_group: (allow-none): a #GtkAccelGroup.
*
* Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
* @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
* key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
* will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any
* accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
* gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
* paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
* to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
*
* This function is a low level function that would most likely
* be used by a menu creation system.
*
* If you only want to
* set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
* provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
*
* Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you
* pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with
* g_intern_static_string().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *accel_path,
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
{
AccelPath *apath;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal != 0);
if (accel_path)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_accel_path_is_valid (accel_path));
gtk_accel_map_add_entry (accel_path, 0, 0);
apath = g_slice_new (AccelPath);
apath->accel_group = g_object_ref (accel_group);
apath->path_quark = g_quark_from_string (accel_path);
apath->closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal);
}
else
apath = NULL;
/* also removes possible old settings */
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, apath, destroy_accel_path);
if (apath)
gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path (apath->accel_group, g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark), apath->closure);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
}
const gchar*
_gtk_widget_get_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean *locked)
{
AccelPath *apath;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
apath = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path);
if (locked)
*locked = apath ? gtk_accel_group_get_is_locked (apath->accel_group) : TRUE;
return apath ? g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark) : NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
*
* Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean group_cycling)
{
gboolean handled;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
handled = TRUE;
else
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
0,
group_cycling,
&handled);
return handled;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean group_cycling)
{
if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
gtk_widget_activate (widget);
else if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
else
{
g_warning ("widget '%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
}
return TRUE;
}
static GskRenderer *
gtk_widget_get_renderer (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
return gtk_window_get_renderer (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
return NULL;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event)
{
return FALSE;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event)
{
return FALSE;
}
#define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
(event->any.type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || _gtk_widget_get_realized(widget))
/**
* gtk_widget_event:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @event: a #GdkEvent
*
* Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
* the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
* be emitted without using this function to do so).
* If you want to synthesize an event though, don’t use this function;
* instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
* it were in the event queue. Don’t synthesize expose events; instead,
* use gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() to invalidate a region of the
* window.
*
* Returns: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
* the event was handled)
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkEvent *event)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
if (event->any.type == GDK_EXPOSE)
{
g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
"the same effect, call gdk_surface_invalidate_rect/region(), "
"followed by gdk_surface_process_updates().");
return TRUE;
}
return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_captured_event_handler (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkCapturedEventHandler callback)
{
g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), I_("captured-event-handler"), callback);
}
static gboolean
_gtk_widget_run_controllers (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkEvent *event,
GtkPropagationPhase phase)
{
EventControllerData *data;
gboolean handled = FALSE;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GList *l;
priv = widget->priv;
g_object_ref (widget);
l = priv->event_controllers;
while (l != NULL)
{
GList *next = l->next;
if (!WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
break;
data = l->data;
if (data->controller == NULL)
{
priv->event_controllers = g_list_delete_link (priv->event_controllers, l);
g_free (data);
}
else
{
GtkPropagationPhase controller_phase;
controller_phase = gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (data->controller);
if (controller_phase == phase)
handled |= gtk_event_controller_handle_event (data->controller, event);
/* Non-gesture controllers are basically unique entities not meant
* to collaborate with anything else. Break early if any such event
* controller handled the event.
*/
if (handled && !GTK_IS_GESTURE (data->controller))
break;
}
l = next;
}
g_object_unref (widget);
return handled;
}
static void
cancel_event_sequence_on_hierarchy (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *event_widget,
GdkEventSequence *sequence)
{
gboolean cancel = TRUE;
while (event_widget)
{
if (event_widget == widget)
cancel = FALSE;
else if (cancel)
_gtk_widget_cancel_sequence (event_widget, sequence);
else
_gtk_widget_set_sequence_state_internal (event_widget, sequence,
GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED,
NULL);
event_widget = _gtk_widget_get_parent (event_widget);
}
}
static void
translate_event_coordinates (GdkEvent *event,
GtkWidget *widget);
gboolean
_gtk_widget_captured_event (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkEvent *event)
{
gboolean return_val = FALSE;
GtkCapturedEventHandler handler;
GdkEvent *event_copy;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
if (event->any.type == GDK_EXPOSE)
{
g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
"the same effect, call gdk_surface_invalidate_rect/region(), "
"followed by gdk_surface_process_updates().");
return TRUE;
}
if (!event_surface_is_still_viewable (event))
return TRUE;
event_copy = gdk_event_copy (event);
translate_event_coordinates (event_copy, widget);
return_val = _gtk_widget_run_controllers (widget, event_copy, GTK_PHASE_CAPTURE);
handler = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), I_("captured-event-handler"));
if (!handler)
goto out;
g_object_ref (widget);
return_val |= handler (widget, event_copy);
return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event_copy);
g_object_unref (widget);
out:
g_object_unref (event_copy);
return return_val;
}
static gboolean
event_surface_is_still_viewable (const GdkEvent *event)
{
/* Check that we think the event's window is viewable before
* delivering the event, to prevent surprises. We do this here
* at the last moment, since the event may have been queued
* up behind other events, held over a recursive main loop, etc.
*/
switch ((guint) event->any.type)
{
case GDK_EXPOSE:
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_KEY_PRESS:
case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
case GDK_SCROLL:
return event->any.surface && gdk_surface_is_viewable (event->any.surface);
#if 0
/* The following events are the second half of paired events;
* we always deliver them to deal with widgets that clean up
* on the second half.
*/
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
#endif
default:
/* Remaining events would make sense on an not-viewable window,
* or don't have an associated window.
*/
return TRUE;
}
}
static void
translate_event_coordinates (GdkEvent *event,
GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *event_widget;
double x, y;
double dx = 0.0, dy = 0.0;
if (!gdk_event_get_coords (event, &x, &y))
return;
event_widget = gtk_get_event_widget (event);
gtk_widget_translate_coordinatesf (event_widget,
widget,
x, y,
&dx, &dy);
gdk_event_set_coords (event, dx, dy);
}
static gint
gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkEvent *event)
{
gboolean return_val = FALSE;
GdkEvent *event_copy;
/* We check only once for is-still-visible; if someone
* hides the window in on of the signals on the widget,
* they are responsible for returning TRUE to terminate
* handling.
*/
if (!event_surface_is_still_viewable (event))
return TRUE;
/* Non input events get handled right away */
switch ((guint) event->any.type)
{
case GDK_EXPOSE:
case GDK_NOTHING:
case GDK_DELETE:
case GDK_DESTROY:
case GDK_CONFIGURE:
case GDK_MAP:
case GDK_UNMAP:
return gtk_widget_emit_event_signals (widget, event);
default:
break;
}
event_copy = gdk_event_copy (event);
translate_event_coordinates (event_copy, widget);
if (widget == gtk_get_event_target (event_copy))
return_val |= _gtk_widget_run_controllers (widget, event_copy, GTK_PHASE_TARGET);
/* XXX: Tooltips should be handled through captured events in the toplevel */
if (event_copy->any.type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE)
{
if (event_copy->focus_change.in)
_gtk_tooltip_focus_in (widget);
else
_gtk_tooltip_focus_out (widget);
}
if (return_val == FALSE)
return_val |= _gtk_widget_run_controllers (widget, event_copy, GTK_PHASE_BUBBLE);
g_object_unref (event_copy);
if (return_val == FALSE &&
(event->any.type == GDK_KEY_PRESS ||
event->any.type == GDK_KEY_RELEASE))
return_val |= gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), (GdkEventKey *) event);
return return_val;
}
gboolean
gtk_widget_emit_event_signals (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkEvent *event)
{
gboolean return_val = FALSE, handled;
g_object_ref (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT], 0, event, &handled);
return_val |= handled | !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
if (!return_val)
{
gint signal_num;
switch (event->any.type)
{
case GDK_DRAG_ENTER:
case GDK_DRAG_LEAVE:
case GDK_DRAG_MOTION:
case GDK_DROP_START:
case GDK_EVENT_LAST:
case GDK_TOUCHPAD_SWIPE:
case GDK_TOUCHPAD_PINCH:
case GDK_PAD_BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_PAD_BUTTON_RELEASE:
case GDK_PAD_RING:
case GDK_PAD_STRIP:
case GDK_PAD_GROUP_MODE:
case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
case GDK_SCROLL:
case GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN:
case GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE:
case GDK_TOUCH_END:
case GDK_TOUCH_CANCEL:
case GDK_EXPOSE:
case GDK_DELETE:
case GDK_DESTROY:
case GDK_MAP:
case GDK_UNMAP:
case GDK_CONFIGURE:
case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
case GDK_GRAB_BROKEN:
case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE:
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
case GDK_NOTHING:
signal_num = -1;
break;
case GDK_KEY_PRESS:
signal_num = KEY_PRESS_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
signal_num = KEY_RELEASE_EVENT;
break;
default:
g_warning ("gtk_widget_event(): unhandled event type: %d", event->any.type);
signal_num = -1;
break;
}
if (signal_num != -1)
{
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signal_num], 0, event, &handled);
return_val |= handled;
}
}
g_object_unref (widget);
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_activate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget that’s activatable
*
* For widgets that can be “activated” (buttons, menu items, etc.)
* this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
* press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
* activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
{
/* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
g_signal_emit (widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal, 0);
return TRUE;
}
else
return FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_intersect:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @area: a rectangle
* @intersection: (out caller-allocates) (optional): rectangle to store
* intersection of @widget and @area
*
* Computes the intersection of a @widget’s area and @area, storing
* the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
* an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you’re only
* interested in whether there was an intersection.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if there was an intersection
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkRectangle *area,
GdkRectangle *intersection)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GdkRectangle *dest;
GdkRectangle tmp;
gint return_val;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (area != NULL, FALSE);
priv = widget->priv;
if (intersection)
dest = intersection;
else
dest = &tmp;
return_val = gdk_rectangle_intersect (&priv->allocation, area, dest);
if (return_val && intersection && _gtk_widget_get_has_surface (widget))
{
intersection->x -= priv->allocation.x;
intersection->y -= priv->allocation.y;
}
return return_val;
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_grab_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect
*
* Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget.
**/
void
_gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean was_grabbed)
{
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY], 0, was_grabbed);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_grab_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
* inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
* something like #GtkFrame won’t work.
*
* More precisely, it must have the %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag.
*
* The widget also needs to be realized and mapped. This is indicated by the
* related signals. Grabbing the focus immediately after creating the widget
* will likely fail and cause critical warnings.
**/
void
gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
return;
g_object_ref (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS], 0);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HAS_FOCUS]);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
static void
reset_focus_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer data)
{
gtk_widget_set_focus_child (widget, NULL);
gtk_widget_forall (widget,
reset_focus_recurse,
NULL);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
GtkWidget *widget;
/* clear the current focus setting, break if the current widget
* is the focus widget's parent, since containers above that will
* be set by the next loop.
*/
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (focus_widget);
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel) && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
{
widget = gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
if (widget == focus_widget)
{
/* We call _gtk_window_internal_set_focus() here so that the
* toplevel window can request the focus if necessary.
* This is needed when the toplevel is a GtkPlug
*/
if (!gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
_gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), focus_widget);
return;
}
if (widget)
{
GtkWidget *common_ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (widget, focus_widget);
if (widget != common_ancestor)
{
while (widget->priv->parent)
{
widget = widget->priv->parent;
gtk_widget_set_focus_child (widget, NULL);
if (widget == common_ancestor)
break;
}
}
}
}
else if (toplevel != focus_widget)
{
/* gtk_widget_grab_focus() operates on a tree without window...
* actually, this is very questionable behavior.
*/
gtk_widget_forall (toplevel,
reset_focus_recurse,
NULL);
}
/* now propagate the new focus up the widget tree and finally
* set it on the window
*/
widget = focus_widget;
while (widget->priv->parent)
{
gtk_widget_set_focus_child (widget->priv->parent, widget);
widget = widget->priv->parent;
}
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
_gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (widget), focus_widget);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y,
gboolean keyboard_tip,
GtkTooltip *tooltip)
{
gchar *tooltip_markup;
gboolean has_tooltip;
tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
has_tooltip = gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (widget);
if (has_tooltip && tooltip_markup)
{
gtk_tooltip_set_markup (tooltip, tooltip_markup);
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
gboolean
gtk_widget_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y,
gboolean keyboard_mode,
GtkTooltip *tooltip)
{
gboolean retval = FALSE;
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP],
0,
x, y,
keyboard_mode,
tooltip,
&retval);
return retval;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags old_state)
{
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkCssStyleChange *change = NULL;
gtk_widget_update_alpha (widget);
if (widget->priv->context)
change = gtk_style_context_get_change (widget->priv->context);
if (change)
{
const gboolean has_text = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget) != NULL;
if (has_text && gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_TEXT))
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
if (widget->priv->anchored)
{
if (gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_SIZE) ||
(has_text && gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_TEXT_SIZE)))
{
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
else if (gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_REDRAW) ||
(has_text && gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_TEXT_CONTENT)))
{
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
}
}
}
else
{
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
if (widget->priv->anchored)
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
{
if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
{
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
return TRUE;
}
}
else if (_gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget) == NULL)
{
/* No children, no possibility to focus anything */
return FALSE;
}
else
{
GPtrArray *focus_order = g_ptr_array_new ();
gboolean ret = FALSE;
/* Try focusing any of the child widgets, depending on the given @direction */
gtk_widget_focus_sort (widget, direction, focus_order);
ret = gtk_widget_focus_move (widget, direction, focus_order);
g_ptr_array_unref (focus_order);
if (ret)
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (widget != toplevel && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
{
g_signal_emit (toplevel, widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS], 0,
direction);
}
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
switch (direction)
{
case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
return FALSE;
case GTK_DIR_UP:
case GTK_DIR_DOWN:
case GTK_DIR_LEFT:
case GTK_DIR_RIGHT:
default:
break;
}
gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @can_focus: whether or not @widget can own the input focus.
*
* Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
* gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
* widget.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean can_focus)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->priv->can_focus != can_focus)
{
widget->priv->can_focus = can_focus;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_CAN_FOCUS]);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_can_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->can_focus;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
* gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
* input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->has_focus;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_visible_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines if the widget should show a visible indication that
* it has the global input focus. This is a convenience function for
* use in ::draw handlers that takes into account whether focus
* indication should currently be shown in the toplevel window of
* @widget. See gtk_window_get_focus_visible() for more information
* about focus indication.
*
* To find out if the widget has the global input focus, use
* gtk_widget_has_focus().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget should display a “focus rectangle”
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_visible_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gboolean draw_focus;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
if (widget->priv->has_focus)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
draw_focus = gtk_window_get_focus_visible (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
else
draw_focus = TRUE;
}
else
draw_focus = FALSE;
return draw_focus;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
* toplevel. (This does not mean that the #GtkWidget:has-focus property is
* necessarily set; #GtkWidget:has-focus will only be set if the
* toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
return widget == gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
else
return FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @focus_on_click: whether the widget should grab focus when clicked with the mouse
*
* Sets whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
* Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like toolbars where
* you don’t want the keyboard focus removed from the main area of the
* application.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean focus_on_click)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
focus_on_click = focus_on_click != FALSE;
if (priv->focus_on_click != focus_on_click)
{
priv->focus_on_click = focus_on_click;
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK]);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
* See gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with
* the mouse.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->focus_on_click;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_can_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @can_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
*
* Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
* gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
* “default”.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean can_default)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->priv->can_default != can_default)
{
widget->priv->can_default = can_default;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_CAN_DEFAULT]);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_can_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
* gtk_widget_set_can_default().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->can_default;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
* toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
* its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->has_default;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_has_default (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_default)
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
widget->priv->has_default = has_default;
context = _gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
if (has_default)
gtk_style_context_add_class (context, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DEFAULT);
else
gtk_style_context_remove_class (context, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DEFAULT);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_grab_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must be able to be
* a default widget; typically you would ensure this yourself
* by calling gtk_widget_set_can_default() with a %TRUE value.
* The default widget is activated when
* the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be
* activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them. Note
* that #GtkEntry widgets require the “activates-default” property
* set to %TRUE before they activate the default widget when Enter
* is pressed and the #GtkEntry is focused.
**/
void
gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *window;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget));
window = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (window && _gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (window), widget);
else
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget not within a GtkWindow");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_receives_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @receives_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
*
* Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget
* within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
* is the default.
*
* See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
* “default”.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean receives_default)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->priv->receives_default != receives_default)
{
widget->priv->receives_default = receives_default;
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT]);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_receives_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is always treated as the default widget
* within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
* is the default.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget acts as the default widget when focused,
* %FALSE otherwise
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->receives_default;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_grab:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
* is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
*
* See also gtk_grab_add().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->has_grab;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_grab)
{
widget->priv->has_grab = has_grab;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
*
* Returns %TRUE if @device has been shadowed by a GTK+
* device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending
* events to @widget. This may be used in the
* #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific
* devices. See gtk_device_grab_add().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device
* by another #GtkWidget than @widget.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device)
{
GtkWindowGroup *group;
GtkWidget *grab_widget, *toplevel;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
if (!_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
return TRUE;
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
group = gtk_window_get_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
else
group = gtk_window_get_group (NULL);
grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_device_grab (group, device);
/* Widget not inside the hierarchy of grab_widget */
if (grab_widget &&
widget != grab_widget &&
!gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
return TRUE;
grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_grab (group);
if (grab_widget && widget != grab_widget &&
!gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
return TRUE;
return FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_name:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @name: name for the widget
*
* Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
* CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
* in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the
* same page as the docs for #GtkStyleContext).
*
* Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit
* and represent elements in a selector (period, #, >, *...), so using
* these will make your widget impossible to match by name. Any combination
* of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will suffice.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *name)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_free (priv->name);
priv->name = g_strdup (name);
if (priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_id (priv->context, priv->name);
gtk_css_node_set_id (priv->cssnode, priv->name);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_NAME]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_name:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
* significance of widget names.
*
* Returns: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
* should not be modified or freed
**/
const gchar*
gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->name)
return priv->name;
return G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget);
}
static void
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags flags_to_set,
GtkStateFlags flags_to_unset)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
priv = widget->priv;
/* Handle insensitive first, since it is propagated
* differently throughout the widget hierarchy.
*/
if ((priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags_to_unset & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, TRUE);
else if (!(priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags_to_set & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, FALSE);
flags_to_set &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
flags_to_unset &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
if (flags_to_set != 0 || flags_to_unset != 0)
{
GtkStateData data;
data.old_scale_factor = gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget);
data.flags_to_set = flags_to_set;
data.flags_to_unset = flags_to_unset;
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_state_flags:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @flags: State flags to turn on
* @clear: Whether to clear state before turning on @flags
*
* This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag
* values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
*
* This function accepts the values %GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR and
* %GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL but ignores them. If you want to set the widget's
* direction, use gtk_widget_set_direction().
*
* It is worth mentioning that any other state than %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE,
* will be propagated down to all non-internal children if @widget is a
* #GtkContainer, while %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE itself will be propagated
* down to all #GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the
* state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and
* gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags flags,
gboolean clear)
{
#define ALLOWED_FLAGS (~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR | GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL))
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if ((!clear && (widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == flags) ||
(clear && widget->priv->state_flags == flags))
return;
if (clear)
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags & ALLOWED_FLAGS, ~flags & ALLOWED_FLAGS);
else
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags & ALLOWED_FLAGS, 0);
#undef ALLOWED_FLAGS
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unset_state_flags:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @flags: State flags to turn off
*
* This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
* values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
* See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().
**/
void
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags flags)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if ((widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == 0)
return;
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, 0, flags);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_state_flags:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning
* that the effective %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE state will be
* returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if
* @widget itself is sensitive.
*
* Also note that if you are looking for a way to obtain the
* #GtkStateFlags to pass to a #GtkStyleContext method, you
* should look at gtk_style_context_get_state().
*
* Returns: The state flags for widget
**/
GtkStateFlags
gtk_widget_get_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->state_flags;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @visible: whether the widget should be shown or not
*
* Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to
* %TRUE doesn’t mean the widget is actually viewable, see
* gtk_widget_get_visible().
*
* This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
* but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
* some condition.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean visible)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (visible)
gtk_widget_show (widget);
else
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_visible_flag (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean visible)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
priv->visible = visible;
if (!visible)
{
priv->allocation.x = -1;
priv->allocation.y = -1;
priv->allocation.width = 0;
priv->allocation.height = 0;
memset (&priv->allocated_size, 0, sizeof (priv->allocated_size));
priv->allocated_size_baseline = 0;
gtk_widget_invalidate_paintable_size (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the widget is visible. If you want to
* take into account whether the widget’s parent is also marked as
* visible, use gtk_widget_is_visible() instead.
*
* This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_visible().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is visible
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->visible;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the widget and all its parents are marked as
* visible.
*
* This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
*
* See also gtk_widget_get_visible() and gtk_widget_set_visible()
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget and all its parents are visible
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
while (widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (!priv->visible)
return FALSE;
widget = priv->parent;
}
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_has_surface:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @has_surface: whether or not @widget has a surface.
*
* Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkSurface of its own. Note that
* all realized widgets have a non-%NULL “window” pointer
* (gtk_widget_get_surface() never returns a %NULL surface when a widget
* is realized), but for many of them it’s actually the #GdkSurface of
* one of its parent widgets. Widgets that do not create a %window for
* themselves in #GtkWidget::realize must announce this by
* calling this function with @has_surface = %FALSE.
*
* This function should only be called by widget implementations,
* and they should call it in their init() function.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_has_surface (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_surface)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
widget->priv->no_surface = !has_surface;
widget->priv->no_surface_set = TRUE;
/* GdkSurface has a min size of 1×1 */
widget->priv->allocation.width = 1;
widget->priv->allocation.height = 1;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_has_surface:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget has a #GdkSurface of its own. See
* gtk_widget_set_has_surface().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget has a surface, %FALSE otherwise
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_has_surface (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return ! widget->priv->no_surface;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_toplevel:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget.
*
* Currently only #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible are toplevel widgets.
* Toplevel widgets have no parent widget.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->toplevel;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean is_toplevel)
{
widget->priv->toplevel = is_toplevel;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_drawable:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
* to if it is mapped and visible.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_realized:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is realized.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->realized;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_mapped:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Whether the widget is mapped.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_mapped (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->mapped;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
*
* Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
* can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are “grayed out” and the
* user can’t interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
* “inactive”, “disabled”, or “ghosted” in some other toolkits.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean sensitive)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
if (priv->sensitive == sensitive)
return;
priv->sensitive = sensitive;
if (priv->parent == NULL
|| gtk_widget_is_sensitive (priv->parent))
{
GtkStateData data;
data.old_scale_factor = gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget);
if (sensitive)
{
data.flags_to_set = 0;
data.flags_to_unset = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
}
else
{
data.flags_to_set = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
data.flags_to_unset = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT |
GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
}
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
update_cursor_on_state_change (widget);
}
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_SENSITIVE]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_sensitive:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget’s sensitivity (in the sense of returning
* the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
*
* The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
* own and its parent widget’s sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->sensitive;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_sensitive:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget’s effective sensitivity, which means
* it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return !(widget->priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
}
/* Insert @widget into the children list of @parent,
* after @previous_child */
static void
gtk_widget_reposition_after (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *parent,
GtkWidget *previous_sibling)
{
GtkStateFlags parent_flags;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
GtkWidget *prev_parent;
GtkStateData data;
prev_parent = priv->parent;
if (priv->parent != NULL && priv->parent != parent)
{
g_warning ("Can't set a parent on widget which has a parent");
return;
}
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
{
g_warning ("Can't set a parent on a toplevel widget");
return;
}
data.old_scale_factor = gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget);
/* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
*/
g_object_ref_sink (widget);
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
priv->parent = parent;
if (previous_sibling)
{
if (previous_sibling->priv->next_sibling)
previous_sibling->priv->next_sibling->priv->prev_sibling = widget;
if (priv->prev_sibling)
priv->prev_sibling->priv->next_sibling = priv->next_sibling;
if (priv->next_sibling)
priv->next_sibling->priv->prev_sibling = priv->prev_sibling;
if (parent->priv->first_child == widget)
parent->priv->first_child = priv->next_sibling;
if (parent->priv->last_child == widget)
parent->priv->last_child = priv->prev_sibling;
priv->prev_sibling = previous_sibling;
priv->next_sibling = previous_sibling->priv->next_sibling;
previous_sibling->priv->next_sibling = widget;
if (parent->priv->last_child == previous_sibling)
parent->priv->last_child = widget;
else if (parent->priv->last_child == widget)
parent->priv->last_child = priv->next_sibling;
}
else
{
/* Beginning */
if (parent->priv->last_child == widget)
{
parent->priv->last_child = priv->prev_sibling;
if (priv->prev_sibling)
priv->prev_sibling->priv->next_sibling = NULL;
}
if (priv->prev_sibling)
priv->prev_sibling->priv->next_sibling = priv->next_sibling;
if (priv->next_sibling)
priv->next_sibling->priv->prev_sibling = priv->prev_sibling;
priv->prev_sibling = NULL;
priv->next_sibling = parent->priv->first_child;
if (parent->priv->first_child)
parent->priv->first_child->priv->prev_sibling = widget;
parent->priv->first_child = widget;
if (parent->priv->last_child == NULL)
parent->priv->last_child = widget;
}
parent_flags = _gtk_widget_get_state_flags (parent);
/* Merge both old state and current parent state,
* making sure to only propagate the right states */
data.flags_to_set = parent_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
data.flags_to_unset = 0;
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
if (gtk_css_node_get_parent (widget->priv->cssnode) == NULL)
{
gtk_css_node_insert_after (parent->priv->cssnode,
priv->cssnode,
previous_sibling ? previous_sibling->priv->cssnode : NULL);
}
if (priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context,
_gtk_widget_get_style_context (parent));
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
if (priv->parent->priv->anchored && prev_parent == NULL)
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, NULL);
if (prev_parent == NULL)
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_PARENT]);
/* Enforce realized/mapped invariants
*/
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
gtk_widget_realize (widget);
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (priv->parent) &&
_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
if (_gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
_gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent))
gtk_widget_map (widget);
gtk_widget_queue_resize (priv->parent);
}
/* child may cause parent's expand to change, if the child is
* expanded. If child is not expanded, then it can't modify the
* parent's expand. If the child becomes expanded later then it will
* queue compute_expand then. This optimization plus defaulting
* newly-constructed widgets to need_compute_expand=FALSE should
* mean that initially building a widget tree doesn't have to keep
* walking up setting need_compute_expand on parents over and over.
*
* We can't change a parent to need to expand unless we're visible.
*/
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
(priv->need_compute_expand ||
priv->computed_hexpand ||
priv->computed_vexpand))
{
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (parent);
}
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_parent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @parent: parent widget
*
* This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
* #GtkWidget.
* Sets @parent as the parent widget of @widget, and takes care of
* some details such as updating the state and style of the child
* to reflect its new location and resizing the parent. The opposite
* function is gtk_widget_unparent().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *parent)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_parent (widget) == NULL);
gtk_widget_reposition_after (widget,
parent,
_gtk_widget_get_last_child (parent));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_parent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the parent widget of @widget.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the parent widget of @widget, or %NULL
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->parent;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection previous_direction)
{
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
typedef struct {
GtkWidget *previous_toplevel;
GdkDisplay *previous_display;
GdkDisplay *new_display;
} HierarchyChangedInfo;
static void
do_display_change (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDisplay *old_display,
GdkDisplay *new_display)
{
if (old_display != new_display)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (old_display)
{
PangoContext *context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
if (context)
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
}
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
if (new_display && priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_display (priv->context, new_display);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DISPLAY_CHANGED], 0, old_display);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer client_data)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
gboolean new_anchored = _gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
(priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored);
if (priv->anchored != new_anchored)
{
g_object_ref (widget);
priv->anchored = new_anchored;
g_assert (!priv->realized);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED], 0, info->previous_toplevel);
do_display_change (widget, info->previous_display, info->new_display);
gtk_widget_forall (widget, gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse, client_data);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @previous_toplevel: Previous toplevel
*
* Propagates changes in the anchored state to a widget and all
* children, unsetting or setting the %ANCHORED flag, and
* emitting #GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed.
**/
static void
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *previous_toplevel)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
HierarchyChangedInfo info;
info.previous_toplevel = previous_toplevel;
info.previous_display = previous_toplevel ? gtk_widget_get_display (previous_toplevel) : NULL;
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
(priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored))
info.new_display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
else
info.new_display = NULL;
if (info.previous_display)
g_object_ref (info.previous_display);
if (previous_toplevel)
g_object_ref (previous_toplevel);
gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
if (previous_toplevel)
g_object_unref (previous_toplevel);
if (info.previous_display)
g_object_unref (info.previous_display);
}
static void
gtk_widget_propagate_display_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer client_data)
{
HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
GtkWidget *child;
g_object_ref (widget);
do_display_change (widget, info->previous_display, info->new_display);
for (child = gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
child != NULL;
child = gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
{
gtk_widget_propagate_display_changed_recurse (child, client_data);
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_propagate_display_changed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @previous_display: Previous display
*
* Propagates changes in the display for a widget to all
* children, emitting #GtkWidget::display-changed.
**/
void
_gtk_widget_propagate_display_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDisplay *previous_display)
{
HierarchyChangedInfo info;
info.previous_display = previous_display;
info.new_display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
if (previous_display)
g_object_ref (previous_display);
gtk_widget_propagate_display_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
if (previous_display)
g_object_unref (previous_display);
}
static void
reset_style_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data)
{
gtk_css_node_invalidate (widget->priv->cssnode, GTK_CSS_CHANGE_ANY);
gtk_widget_forall (widget, reset_style_recurse, user_data);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_reset_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Updates the style context of @widget and all descendants
* by updating its widget path. #GtkContainers may want
* to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different
* style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().
*/
void
gtk_widget_reset_style (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
reset_style_recurse (widget, NULL);
g_list_foreach (widget->priv->attached_windows,
(GFunc) reset_style_recurse, NULL);
}
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
/* Verify invariants, see docs/widget_system.txt for notes on much of
* this. Invariants may be temporarily broken while we’re in the
* process of updating state, of course, so you can only
* verify_invariants() after a given operation is complete.
* Use push/pop_verify_invariants to help with that.
*/
static void
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *parent;
if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0)
return;
parent = widget->priv->parent;
if (widget->priv->mapped)
{
/* Mapped implies ... */
if (!widget->priv->realized)
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not realized",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
if (!widget->priv->visible)
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not visible",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
{
if (!widget->priv->child_visible)
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not child_visible",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
}
}
else
{
/* Not mapped implies... */
#if 0
/* This check makes sense for normal toplevels, but for
* something like a toplevel that is embedded within a clutter
* state, mapping may depend on external factors.
*/
if (widget->priv->toplevel)
{
if (widget->priv->visible)
g_warning ("%s %p toplevel is visible but not mapped",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
}
#endif
}
/* Parent related checks aren't possible if parent has
* verifying_invariants_count > 0 because parent needs to recurse
* children first before the invariants will hold.
*/
if (parent == NULL || parent->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
{
if (parent &&
parent->priv->realized)
{
/* Parent realized implies... */
#if 0
/* This is in widget_system.txt but appears to fail
* because there's no gtk_container_realize() that
* realizes all children... instead we just lazily
* wait for map to fix things up.
*/
if (!widget->priv->realized)
g_warning ("%s %p is realized but child %s %p is not realized",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
#endif
}
else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
{
/* No parent or parent not realized on non-toplevel implies... */
if (widget->priv->realized)
g_warning ("%s %p is not realized but child %s %p is realized",
parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
}
if (parent &&
parent->priv->mapped &&
widget->priv->visible &&
widget->priv->child_visible)
{
/* Parent mapped and we are visible implies... */
if (!widget->priv->mapped)
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible child %s %p is not mapped",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
}
else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
{
/* No parent or parent not mapped on non-toplevel implies... */
if (widget->priv->mapped)
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible=%d child_visible=%d parent %s %p mapped=%d",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
widget->priv->visible,
widget->priv->child_visible,
parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
parent ? parent->priv->mapped : FALSE);
}
}
if (!widget->priv->realized)
{
/* Not realized implies... */
#if 0
/* widget_system.txt says these hold, but they don't. */
if (widget->priv->alloc_needed)
g_warning ("%s %p alloc needed but not realized",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
if (widget->priv->width_request_needed)
g_warning ("%s %p width request needed but not realized",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
if (widget->priv->height_request_needed)
g_warning ("%s %p height request needed but not realized",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
#endif
}
}
/* The point of this push/pop is that invariants may not hold while
* we’re busy making changes. So we only check at the outermost call
* on the call stack, after we finish updating everything.
*/
static void
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
{
widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count += 1;
}
static void
gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
{
/* We don't recurse further; this is a one-level check. */
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
}
static void
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_assert (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0);
widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count -= 1;
if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
{
GtkWidget *child;
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
/* Check one level of children, because our
* push_verify_invariants() will have prevented some of the
* checks. This does not recurse because if recursion is
* needed, it will happen naturally as each child has a
* push/pop on that child. For example if we're recursively
* mapping children, we'll push/pop on each child as we map
* it.
*/
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
child != NULL;
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
{
gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants (child);
}
}
}
#endif /* G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS */
static PangoContext *
gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
* and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
* by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
* the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
* or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
* match any changes to the widget’s attributes. This can be tracked
* by using the #GtkWidget::display-changed signal on the widget.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #PangoContext for the widget.
**/
PangoContext *
gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
PangoContext *context;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
if (!context)
{
context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_pango_context,
context,
g_object_unref);
}
return context;
}
static PangoFontMap *
gtk_widget_get_effective_font_map (GtkWidget *widget)
{
PangoFontMap *font_map;
font_map = PANGO_FONT_MAP (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_map));
if (font_map)
return font_map;
else if (widget->priv->parent)
return gtk_widget_get_effective_font_map (widget->priv->parent);
else
return pango_cairo_font_map_get_default ();
}
static void
update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget,
PangoContext *context)
{
PangoFontDescription *font_desc;
GtkStyleContext *style_context;
GtkSettings *settings;
cairo_font_options_t *font_options;
GtkCssValue *value;
char *variations;
style_context = _gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
gtk_style_context_get (style_context,
"font", &font_desc,
NULL);
value = _gtk_style_context_peek_property (_gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget), GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_FONT_VARIATION_SETTINGS);
variations = gtk_css_font_variations_value_get_variations (value);
pango_font_description_set_variations (font_desc, variations);
pango_context_set_font_description (context, font_desc);
pango_font_description_free (font_desc);
g_free (variations);
pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
_gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
pango_cairo_context_set_resolution (context,
_gtk_css_number_value_get (
_gtk_style_context_peek_property (style_context,
GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_DPI),
100));
settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
font_options = (cairo_font_options_t*)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_options);
if (settings && font_options)
{
cairo_font_options_t *options;
options = cairo_font_options_copy (gtk_settings_get_font_options (settings));
cairo_font_options_merge (options, font_options);
pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context, options);
cairo_font_options_destroy (options);
}
else if (settings)
{
pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context,
gtk_settings_get_font_options (settings));
}
pango_context_set_font_map (context, gtk_widget_get_effective_font_map (widget));
}
static void
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
if (context)
update_pango_context (widget, context);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_font_options:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @options: (allow-none): a #cairo_font_options_t, or %NULL to unset any
* previously set default font options.
*
* Sets the #cairo_font_options_t used for Pango rendering in this widget.
* When not set, the default font options for the #GdkDisplay will be used.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_font_options (GtkWidget *widget,
const cairo_font_options_t *options)
{
cairo_font_options_t *font_options;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
font_options = (cairo_font_options_t *)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_options);
if (font_options != options)
{
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_font_options,
options ? cairo_font_options_copy (options) : NULL,
(GDestroyNotify)cairo_font_options_destroy);
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_font_options:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the #cairo_font_options_t used for Pango rendering. When not set,
* the defaults font options for the #GdkDisplay will be used.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the #cairo_font_options_t or %NULL if not set
**/
const cairo_font_options_t *
gtk_widget_get_font_options (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return (cairo_font_options_t *)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_options);
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_font_map_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data)
{
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_map))
return;
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
gtk_widget_forall (widget, gtk_widget_set_font_map_recurse, user_data);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_font_map:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @font_map: (allow-none): a #PangoFontMap, or %NULL to unset any previously
* set font map
*
* Sets the font map to use for Pango rendering. When not set, the widget
* will inherit the font map from its parent.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_font_map (GtkWidget *widget,
PangoFontMap *font_map)
{
PangoFontMap *map;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
map = PANGO_FONT_MAP (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_map));
if (map == font_map)
return;
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_font_map,
g_object_ref (font_map),
g_object_unref);
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
gtk_widget_forall (widget, gtk_widget_set_font_map_recurse, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_font_map:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the font map that has been set with gtk_widget_set_font_map().
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): A #PangoFontMap, or %NULL
*/
PangoFontMap *
gtk_widget_get_font_map (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return PANGO_FONT_MAP (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_map));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
* font options, font description, and base direction for drawing
* text for this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the new #PangoContext
**/
PangoContext *
gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
PangoContext *context;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
context = pango_font_map_create_context (pango_cairo_font_map_get_default ());
update_pango_context (widget, context);
pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
return context;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @text: (nullable): text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
*
* Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
* font description, and base direction for drawing text for
* this widget.
*
* If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, you need
* to re-create it when the widget #PangoContext is replaced.
* This can be tracked by using the #GtkWidget::display-changed signal
* on the widget.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the new #PangoLayout
**/
PangoLayout *
gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *text)
{
PangoLayout *layout;
PangoContext *context;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
layout = pango_layout_new (context);
if (text)
pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
return layout;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_parent_surface:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
* @parent_surface: the new parent window.
*
* Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
*
* For #GtkWindow classes, setting a @parent_surface effects whether
* the window is a toplevel window or can be embedded into other
* widgets.
*
* For #GtkWindow classes, this needs to be called before the
* window is realized.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_parent_surface (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkSurface *parent_surface)
{
GdkSurface *old_parent_surface;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (!GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget));
old_parent_surface = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_parent_surface);
if (parent_surface != old_parent_surface)
{
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_surface,
parent_surface);
if (old_parent_surface)
g_object_unref (old_parent_surface);
if (parent_surface)
g_object_ref (parent_surface);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_parent_surface:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
*
* Gets @widget’s parent window, or %NULL if it does not have one.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the parent window of @widget, or %NULL
* if it does not have a parent window.
**/
GdkSurface *
gtk_widget_get_parent_surface (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GdkSurface *parent_surface;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
parent_surface = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_surface);
return (parent_surface != NULL) ? parent_surface :
(priv->parent != NULL) ? priv->parent->priv->surface : NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @is_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
*
* Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
* is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
*
* The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
* a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
* children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
* it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
* is removed from a container.
*
* Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
* queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
* a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
* not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
* can queue a resize itself.
*
* This function is only useful for container implementations and
* never should be called by an application.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean is_visible)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (!_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
g_object_ref (widget);
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
if (is_visible)
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
else
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
priv->child_visible = FALSE;
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (toplevel != widget && _gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
}
if (priv->parent && _gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
{
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
priv->child_visible &&
_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_map (widget);
else
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
}
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
* If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
* needs reorganization.
*
* This function is only useful for container implementations and
* never should be called by an application.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->child_visible;
}
void
_gtk_widget_scale_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_scale (priv->context, gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget));
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_SCALE_FACTOR]);
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
gtk_widget_forall (widget, (GtkCallback)_gtk_widget_scale_changed, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_scale_factor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Retrieves the internal scale factor that maps from window coordinates
* to the actual device pixels. On traditional systems this is 1, on
* high density outputs, it can be a higher value (typically 2).
*
* See gdk_surface_get_scale_factor().
*
* Returns: the scale factor for @widget
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
GdkDisplay *display;
GdkMonitor *monitor;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 1);
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
return gdk_surface_get_scale_factor (_gtk_widget_get_surface (widget));
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (toplevel && toplevel != widget)
return gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (toplevel);
/* else fall back to something that is more likely to be right than
* just returning 1:
*/
display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
monitor = gdk_display_get_monitor (display, 0);
return gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor (monitor);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_display:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
* this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
* has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
*
* In general, you should only create display specific
* resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
* free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
**/
GdkDisplay*
gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
{
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
return gtk_window_get_display (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
else if (GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (toplevel))
return gtk_invisible_get_display (GTK_INVISIBLE (widget));
}
return gdk_display_get_default ();
}
/**
* gtk_widget_child_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @direction: direction of focus movement
*
* This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
* writing an app, you’d use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
* to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
* change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
* functions instead.
*
* gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
* around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
* what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
* forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the
* #GtkWidget::focus signal; widgets override the default handler
* for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
*
* The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
* moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
* that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
* outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
* call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
* if returning %FALSE, they don’t modify the current focus location.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
gboolean return_val;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
if (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) ||
!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
return FALSE;
/* Emit ::focus in any case, even if can-focus is FALSE,
* since any widget might have child widgets that will take
* focus
*/
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[FOCUS],
0,
direction, &return_val);
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_keynav_failed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @direction: direction of focus movement
*
* This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
* a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
* #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
* value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
* gtk_widget_child_focus():
*
* When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
* navigation is OK and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the
* focus to.
*
* When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard
* navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
* gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget’s toplevel.
*
* The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %FALSE for
* %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other
* values of #GtkDirectionType it returns %TRUE.
*
* Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
* gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard
* navigation.
*
* A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
* (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
* #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
* entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
* that require entering license keys.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
* navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
gboolean return_val;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED], 0,
direction, &return_val);
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_error_bell:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
* If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls
* gdk_surface_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
*
* Note that the effect of gdk_surface_beep() can be configured in many
* ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
* or window manager that is used.
**/
void
gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GtkSettings* settings;
gboolean beep;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
if (!settings)
return;
g_object_get (settings,
"gtk-error-bell", &beep,
NULL);
if (beep && priv->surface)
gdk_surface_beep (priv->surface);
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint height)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
gboolean changed = FALSE;
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
if (width > -2 && priv->width != width)
{
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST]);
priv->width = width;
changed = TRUE;
}
if (height > -2 && priv->height != height)
{
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST]);
priv->height = height;
changed = TRUE;
}
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) && changed)
{
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
* @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
*
* Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget’s size
* request will be at least @width by @height. You can use this
* function to force a widget to be larger than it normally would be.
*
* In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
* toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
* still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
* will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
* request. When dealing with window sizes,
* gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
*
* Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
* translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
* can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
* basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
* correct.
*
* The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
* accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
* However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
* its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
* space than it requested.
*
* If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
* the “natural” size request of the widget will be used instead.
*
* The size request set here does not include any margin from the
* #GtkWidget properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and
* margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding
* or border properties set by any subclass of #GtkWidget.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint height)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @width: (out) (allow-none): return location for width, or %NULL
* @height: (out) (allow-none): return location for height, or %NULL
*
* Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
* gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or
* @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
* and the natural requisition of the widget will be used instead. See
* gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
* actually request, call gtk_widget_measure() instead of
* this function.
**/
void
gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *width,
gint *height)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (width)
*width = widget->priv->width;
if (height)
*height = widget->priv->height;
}
/*< private >
* gtk_widget_has_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns if the widget has a size request set (anything besides -1 for height
* or width)
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_size_request (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return !(widget->priv->width == -1 && widget->priv->height == -1);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
* @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
* returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
* returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
*
* Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
* `gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)`
* would return
* %NULL if @widget wasn’t inside a toplevel window, and if the
* window was inside a #GtkWindow-derived widget which was in turn
* inside the toplevel #GtkWindow.
*
* To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and call GTK_IS_WINDOW()
* on the result. For instance, to get the title of a widget's toplevel
* window, one might use:
* |[
* static const char *
* get_widget_toplevel_title (GtkWidget *widget)
* {
* GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
* if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
* {
* return gtk_window_get_title (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
* }
*
* return NULL;
* }
* ]|
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
* if there’s no ancestor.
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
while (widget->priv->parent)
widget = widget->priv->parent;
return widget;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @widget_type: ancestor type
*
* Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
* `gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)` gets
* the first #GtkBox that’s an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be
* added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note
* about checking for a toplevel #GtkWindow in the docs for
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
*
* Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
* considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
GType widget_type)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
while (widget && !g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
widget = widget->priv->parent;
if (!(widget && g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type)))
return NULL;
return widget;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_settings:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget.
*
* Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
* is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
* to a particular #GdkDisplay.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the relevant #GtkSettings object
*/
GtkSettings*
gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return gtk_settings_get_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
* intermediate containers.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
* grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *ancestor)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
while (widget)
{
if (widget->priv->parent == ancestor)
return TRUE;
widget = widget->priv->parent;
}
return FALSE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection old_dir)
{
GtkTextDirection direction;
GtkStateFlags state;
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
direction = _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
switch (direction)
{
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR:
state = GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR;
break;
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL:
state = GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL;
break;
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE:
default:
g_assert_not_reached ();
break;
}
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget,
state,
state ^ (GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR | GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL));
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_direction:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @dir: the new direction
*
* Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
* controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
* and also the direction in which the children of a container are
* packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
* so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
* reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
* let the default reading direction present, except for containers
* where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitly
* visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
*
* If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
* set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection dir)
{
GtkTextDirection old_dir;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
old_dir = _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
widget->priv->direction = dir;
if (old_dir != _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_direction:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
* gtk_widget_set_direction().
*
* Returns: the reading direction for the widget.
**/
GtkTextDirection
gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
return gtk_default_direction;
else
return widget->priv->direction;
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection old_dir)
{
GtkWidget *child;
g_object_ref (widget);
if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
child != NULL;
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
{
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (child, old_dir);
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
* @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
* %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
*
* Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
* direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
{
g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
{
GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
gtk_default_direction = dir;
tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
while (tmp_list)
{
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data, old_dir);
g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
}
g_list_free (toplevels);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
*
* Obtains the current default reading direction. See
* gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
*
* Returns: the current default direction.
**/
GtkTextDirection
gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
{
return gtk_default_direction;
}
static void
gtk_widget_constructed (GObject *object)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPath *path;
/* As strange as it may seem, this may happen on object construction.
* init() implementations of parent types may eventually call this function,
* each with its corresponding GType, which could leave a child
* implementation with a wrong widget type in the widget path
*/
path = (GtkWidgetPath*)g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_widget_path);
if (path && G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget) != gtk_widget_path_get_object_type (path))
g_object_set_qdata (object, quark_widget_path, NULL);
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->constructed (object);
if (!widget->priv->no_surface_set)
{
g_warning ("%s does not call gtk_widget_set_has_surface() in its init function", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GSList *sizegroups;
if (priv->parent && GTK_IS_CONTAINER (priv->parent))
gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
else if (priv->parent)
gtk_widget_unparent (widget);
else if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
while (priv->paintables)
gtk_widget_paintable_set_widget (priv->paintables->data, NULL);
priv->visible = FALSE;
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
g_clear_object (&priv->cursor);
if (!priv->in_destruction)
{
priv->in_destruction = TRUE;
g_signal_emit (object, widget_signals[DESTROY], 0);
priv->in_destruction = FALSE;
}
sizegroups = _gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (widget);
while (sizegroups)
{
GtkSizeGroup *size_group;
size_group = sizegroups->data;
sizegroups = sizegroups->next;
gtk_size_group_remove_widget (size_group, widget);
}
g_object_set_qdata (object, quark_action_muxer, NULL);
while (priv->attached_windows)
gtk_window_set_attached_to (priv->attached_windows->data, NULL);
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->dispose (object);
}
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
typedef struct {
AutomaticChildClass *child_class;
GType widget_type;
GObject *object;
gboolean did_finalize;
} FinalizeAssertion;
static void
finalize_assertion_weak_ref (gpointer data,
GObject *where_the_object_was)
{
FinalizeAssertion *assertion = (FinalizeAssertion *)data;
assertion->did_finalize = TRUE;
}
static FinalizeAssertion *
finalize_assertion_new (GtkWidget *widget,
GType widget_type,
AutomaticChildClass *child_class)
{
FinalizeAssertion *assertion = NULL;
GObject *object;
object = gtk_widget_get_template_child (widget, widget_type, child_class->name);
/* We control the hash table entry, the object should never be NULL
*/
g_assert (object);
if (!G_IS_OBJECT (object))
g_critical ("Automated component '%s' of class '%s' seems to have been prematurely finalized",
child_class->name, g_type_name (widget_type));
else
{
assertion = g_slice_new0 (FinalizeAssertion);
assertion->child_class = child_class;
assertion->widget_type = widget_type;
assertion->object = object;
g_object_weak_ref (object, finalize_assertion_weak_ref, assertion);
}
return assertion;
}
static GSList *
build_finalize_assertion_list (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GType class_type;
GtkWidgetClass *class;
GSList *l, *list = NULL;
for (class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (class);
class = g_type_class_peek_parent (class))
{
if (!class->priv->template)
continue;
class_type = G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (class);
for (l = class->priv->template->children; l; l = l->next)
{
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = l->data;
FinalizeAssertion *assertion;
assertion = finalize_assertion_new (widget, class_type, child_class);
list = g_slist_prepend (list, assertion);
}
}
return list;
}
#endif /* G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS */
static void
gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object)
{
/* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_auto_children))
{
GtkWidgetClass *class;
GSList *l;
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
GSList *assertions = NULL;
/* Note, GTK_WIDGET_ASSERT_COMPONENTS is very useful
* to catch ref counting bugs, but can only be used in
* test cases which simply create and destroy a composite
* widget.
*
* This is because some API can expose components explicitly,
* and so we cannot assert that a component is expected to finalize
* in a full application ecosystem.
*/
if (g_getenv ("GTK_WIDGET_ASSERT_COMPONENTS") != NULL)
assertions = build_finalize_assertion_list (widget);
#endif /* G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS */
/* Release references to all automated children */
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_auto_children, NULL);
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
for (l = assertions; l; l = l->next)
{
FinalizeAssertion *assertion = l->data;
if (!assertion->did_finalize)
g_critical ("Automated component '%s' of class '%s' did not finalize in gtk_widget_destroy(). "
"Current reference count is %d",
assertion->child_class->name,
g_type_name (assertion->widget_type),
assertion->object->ref_count);
g_slice_free (FinalizeAssertion, assertion);
}
g_slist_free (assertions);
#endif /* G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS */
/* Set any automatic private data pointers to NULL */
for (class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (class);
class = g_type_class_peek_parent (class))
{
if (!class->priv->template)
continue;
for (l = class->priv->template->children; l; l = l->next)
{
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = l->data;
if (child_class->offset != 0)
{
gpointer field_p;
/* Nullify instance private data for internal children */
field_p = G_STRUCT_MEMBER_P (widget, child_class->offset);
(* (gpointer *) field_p) = NULL;
}
}
}
}
if (priv->accessible)
{
gtk_accessible_set_widget (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (priv->accessible), NULL);
g_object_unref (priv->accessible);
priv->accessible = NULL;
}
/* wipe accelerator closures (keep order) */
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, NULL);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, NULL);
/* Callers of add_mnemonic_label() should disconnect on ::destroy */
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels, NULL);
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
destroy_tick_callbacks (widget);
}
static void
gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GList *l;
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
g_free (priv->name);
g_clear_object (&priv->accessible);
gtk_widget_clear_path (widget);
gtk_css_widget_node_widget_destroyed (GTK_CSS_WIDGET_NODE (priv->cssnode));
g_object_unref (priv->cssnode);
g_clear_object (&priv->context);
_gtk_size_request_cache_free (&priv->requests);
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
EventControllerData *data = l->data;
if (data->controller)
_gtk_widget_remove_controller (widget, data->controller);
}
g_list_free_full (priv->event_controllers, g_free);
priv->event_controllers = NULL;
if (_gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget) != NULL)
{
GtkWidget *child;
g_warning ("Finalizing %s %p, but it still has children left:",
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
child != NULL;
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
{
g_warning (" - %s %p", gtk_widget_get_name (child), child);
}
}
if (g_object_is_floating (object))
g_warning ("A floating object was finalized. This means that someone\n"
"called g_object_unref() on an object that had only a floating\n"
"reference; the initial floating reference is not owned by anyone\n"
"and must be removed with g_object_ref_sink().");
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->finalize (object);
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_map:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
g_assert (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
GtkWidget *p;
priv->mapped = TRUE;
if (_gtk_widget_get_has_surface (widget))
gdk_surface_show (priv->surface);
for (p = gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
p != NULL;
p = gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (p))
{
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (p) &&
_gtk_widget_get_child_visible (p) &&
!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (p))
gtk_widget_map (p);
}
}
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_unmap:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
GtkWidget *child;
priv->mapped = FALSE;
if (_gtk_widget_get_has_surface (widget))
gdk_surface_hide (priv->surface);
for (child = gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
child != NULL;
child = gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
{
gtk_widget_unmap (child);
}
gtk_widget_invalidate_paintable_contents (widget);
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget,
GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT |
GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE);
}
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_realize:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (_gtk_widget_get_has_surface (widget))
{
g_assert (priv->surface != NULL);
}
else
{
g_assert (priv->parent);
priv->surface = gtk_widget_get_parent_surface (widget);
g_object_ref (priv->surface);
}
priv->realized = TRUE;
gtk_widget_connect_frame_clock (widget);
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
/* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
* gdk_surface_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
* So, unrealizing container widget before its children causes the problem
* (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash.)
*/
gtk_widget_forall (widget, (GtkCallback)gtk_widget_unrealize, NULL);
gtk_widget_disconnect_frame_clock (widget);
priv->realized = FALSE;
if (_gtk_widget_get_has_surface (widget))
{
gtk_widget_unregister_surface (widget, priv->surface);
gdk_surface_destroy (priv->surface);
priv->surface = NULL;
}
else
{
g_object_unref (priv->surface);
priv->surface = NULL;
}
}
void
gtk_widget_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL && priv->width > 0)
*minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, priv->width);
else if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL && priv->height > 0)
*minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, priv->height);
/* Fix it if set_size_request made natural size smaller than min size.
* This would also silently fix broken widgets, but we warn about them
* in gtksizerequest.c when calling their size request vfuncs.
*/
*natural_size = MAX (*natural_size, *minimum_size);
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
*minimum_size += priv->margin.left + priv->margin.right;
*natural_size += priv->margin.left + priv->margin.right;
}
else
{
*minimum_size += priv->margin.top + priv->margin.bottom;
*natural_size += priv->margin.top + priv->margin.bottom;
}
}
void
gtk_widget_adjust_baseline_request (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *minimum_baseline,
gint *natural_baseline)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->height >= 0)
{
/* No baseline support for explicitly set height */
*minimum_baseline = -1;
*natural_baseline = -1;
}
else
{
*minimum_baseline += priv->margin.top;
*natural_baseline += priv->margin.top;
}
}
static gboolean
is_my_surface (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkSurface *surface)
{
gpointer user_data;
if (!surface)
return FALSE;
gdk_surface_get_user_data (surface, &user_data);
return (user_data == widget);
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_get_device_surface:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
*
* Returns: (nullable): the surface of @widget that @device is in, or %NULL
*/
GdkSurface *
_gtk_widget_get_device_surface (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device)
{
GdkSurface *surface;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), NULL);
if (gdk_device_get_source (device) == GDK_SOURCE_KEYBOARD)
return NULL;
surface = gdk_device_get_last_event_surface (device);
if (surface && is_my_surface (widget, surface))
return surface;
else
return NULL;
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_list_devices:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the list of pointer #GdkDevices that are currently
* on top of any surface belonging to @widget. Free the list
* with g_list_free(), the elements are owned by GTK+ and must
* not be freed.
*/
GList *
_gtk_widget_list_devices (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkSeat *seat;
GList *result = NULL;
GList *devices;
GList *l;
GdkDevice *device;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
return NULL;
seat = gdk_display_get_default_seat (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
device = gdk_seat_get_pointer (seat);
if (is_my_surface (widget, gdk_device_get_last_event_surface (device)))
result = g_list_prepend (result, device);
devices = gdk_seat_get_slaves (seat, GDK_SEAT_CAPABILITY_ALL_POINTING);
for (l = devices; l; l = l->next)
{
device = l->data;
if (is_my_surface (widget, gdk_device_get_last_event_surface (device)))
result = g_list_prepend (result, device);
}
g_list_free (devices);
return result;
}
static void
synth_crossing (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventType type,
GdkSurface *surface,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkCrossingMode mode,
GdkNotifyType detail)
{
GdkEvent *event;
event = gdk_event_new (type);
event->any.surface = g_object_ref (surface);
event->any.send_event = TRUE;
event->crossing.child_surface = g_object_ref (surface);
event->crossing.time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
gdk_device_get_position_double (device,
&event->crossing.x_root,
&event->crossing.y_root);
gdk_surface_get_device_position_double (surface,
device,
&event->crossing.x,
&event->crossing.y,
NULL);
event->crossing.mode = mode;
event->crossing.detail = detail;
event->crossing.focus = FALSE;
event->crossing.state = 0;
gdk_event_set_device (event, device);
if (!widget)
widget = gtk_get_event_widget (event);
if (widget)
gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
g_object_unref (event);
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing:
* @from: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is leaving.
* @to: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is moving to.
* @mode: the #GdkCrossingMode to place on the synthesized events.
*
* Generate crossing event(s) on widget state (sensitivity) or GTK+ grab change.
*
* The real pointer window is the window that most recently received an enter notify
* event. Windows that don’t select for crossing events can’t become the real
* pointer window. The real pointer widget that owns the real pointer window. The
* effective pointer window is the same as the real pointer window unless the real
* pointer widget is either insensitive or there is a grab on a widget that is not
* an ancestor of the real pointer widget (in which case the effective pointer
* window should be the root window).
*
* When the effective pointer window is the same as the real pointer window, we
* receive crossing events from the windowing system. When the effective pointer
* window changes to become different from the real pointer window we synthesize
* crossing events, attempting to follow X protocol rules:
*
* When the root window becomes the effective pointer window:
* - leave notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
* - leave notify on all of its ancestors, detail Virtual
* - enter notify on root window, detail Inferior
*
* When the root window ceases to be the effective pointer window:
* - leave notify on root window, detail Inferior
* - enter notify on all ancestors of real pointer window, detail Virtual
* - enter notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
*/
void
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (GtkWidget *from,
GtkWidget *to,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkCrossingMode mode)
{
GdkSurface *from_surface = NULL, *to_surface = NULL;
g_return_if_fail (from != NULL || to != NULL);
if (from != NULL)
{
from_surface = _gtk_widget_get_device_surface (from, device);
if (!from_surface)
from_surface = from->priv->surface;
}
if (to != NULL)
{
to_surface = _gtk_widget_get_device_surface (to, device);
if (!to_surface)
to_surface = to->priv->surface;
}
if (from_surface == NULL && to_surface == NULL)
;
else if (from_surface != NULL && to_surface == NULL)
{
GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *list;
GdkSurface *from_ancestor = from_surface;
while (from_ancestor != NULL)
{
from_ancestor = gdk_surface_get_parent (from_ancestor);
if (from_ancestor == NULL)
break;
from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
}
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_surface,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkSurface *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
}
/* XXX: enter/inferior on root window? */
g_list_free (from_ancestors);
}
else if (from_surface == NULL && to_surface != NULL)
{
GList *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
GdkSurface *to_ancestor = to_surface;
while (to_ancestor != NULL)
{
to_ancestor = gdk_surface_get_parent (to_ancestor);
if (to_ancestor == NULL)
break;
to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
}
/* XXX: leave/inferior on root window? */
for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkSurface *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
}
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_surface,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
g_list_free (to_ancestors);
}
else if (from_surface == to_surface)
;
else
{
GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
GdkSurface *from_ancestor = from_surface, *to_ancestor = to_surface;
while (from_ancestor != NULL || to_ancestor != NULL)
{
if (from_ancestor != NULL)
{
from_ancestor = gdk_surface_get_parent (from_ancestor);
if (from_ancestor == to_surface)
break;
if (from_ancestor)
from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
}
if (to_ancestor != NULL)
{
to_ancestor = gdk_surface_get_parent (to_ancestor);
if (to_ancestor == from_surface)
break;
if (to_ancestor)
to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
}
}
if (to_ancestor == from_surface)
{
if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_UNGRAB)
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_surface,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkSurface *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_surface,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
}
else if (from_ancestor == to_surface)
{
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_surface,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkSurface *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
}
if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_GRAB)
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_surface,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
}
else
{
while (from_ancestors != NULL && to_ancestors != NULL
&& from_ancestors->data == to_ancestors->data)
{
from_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (from_ancestors,
from_ancestors);
to_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (to_ancestors, to_ancestors);
}
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_surface,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkSurface *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
}
for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkSurface *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
}
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_surface,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
}
g_list_free (from_ancestors);
g_list_free (to_ancestors);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
const GtkStateData *data)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GtkStateFlags new_flags, old_flags = priv->state_flags;
GtkStateData child_data;
GtkWidget *child;
gint new_scale_factor = gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget);
priv->state_flags |= data->flags_to_set;
priv->state_flags &= ~(data->flags_to_unset);
/* make insensitivity unoverridable */
if (!priv->sensitive)
priv->state_flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
{
GtkWidget *window;
window = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (window && _gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (window), NULL);
}
new_flags = priv->state_flags;
if (data->old_scale_factor != new_scale_factor)
_gtk_widget_scale_changed (widget);
if (old_flags != new_flags)
{
g_object_ref (widget);
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) && gtk_widget_has_grab (widget))
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
gtk_style_context_set_state (_gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget), new_flags);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED], 0, old_flags);
if (!priv->shadowed &&
(new_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) != (old_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
{
GList *event_surfaces = NULL;
GList *devices, *d;
devices = _gtk_widget_list_devices (widget);
for (d = devices; d; d = d->next)
{
GdkSurface *surface;
GdkDevice *device;
device = d->data;
surface = _gtk_widget_get_device_surface (widget, device);
/* Do not propagate more than once to the
* same surface if non-multidevice aware.
*/
if (!gdk_surface_get_support_multidevice (surface) &&
g_list_find (event_surfaces, surface))
continue;
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (widget, NULL, d->data,
GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
else
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (NULL, widget, d->data,
GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
event_surfaces = g_list_prepend (event_surfaces, surface);
}
g_list_free (event_surfaces);
g_list_free (devices);
}
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
gtk_widget_reset_controllers (widget);
/* Make sure to only propagate the right states further */
child_data.old_scale_factor = new_scale_factor;
child_data.flags_to_set = data->flags_to_set & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
child_data.flags_to_unset = data->flags_to_unset & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
if (child_data.flags_to_set != 0 ||
child_data.flags_to_unset != 0)
{
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
child != NULL;
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
{
gtk_widget_propagate_state (child, &child_data);
}
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_update_input_shape (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
/* set shape if widget has a GDK surface already.
* otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
*/
if (priv->surface)
{
cairo_region_t *region;
cairo_region_t *csd_region;
cairo_region_t *app_region;
gboolean free_region;
app_region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info);
csd_region = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), "csd-region");
free_region = FALSE;
if (app_region && csd_region)
{
free_region = TRUE;
region = cairo_region_copy (app_region);
cairo_region_intersect (region, csd_region);
}
else if (app_region)
region = app_region;
else if (csd_region)
region = csd_region;
else
region = NULL;
gdk_surface_input_shape_combine_region (priv->surface, region, 0, 0);
if (free_region)
cairo_region_destroy (region);
}
}
void
gtk_widget_set_csd_input_shape (GtkWidget *widget,
const cairo_region_t *region)
{
if (region == NULL)
g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), "csd-region", NULL);
else
g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (widget), "csd-region",
cairo_region_copy (region),
(GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
gtk_widget_update_input_shape (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
*
* Sets an input shape for this widget’s GDK surface. This allows for
* windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
* gdk_surface_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.
**/
void
gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_region_t *region)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
/* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without GDK surface */
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_has_surface (widget));
if (region == NULL)
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info, NULL);
else
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info,
cairo_region_copy (region),
(GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
gtk_widget_update_input_shape (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_requisition_new:
*
* Allocates a new #GtkRequisition-struct and initializes its elements to zero.
*
* Returns: a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should
* be freed with gtk_requisition_free().
*/
GtkRequisition *
gtk_requisition_new (void)
{
return g_slice_new0 (GtkRequisition);
}
/**
* gtk_requisition_copy:
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
*
* Copies a #GtkRequisition.
*
* Returns: a copy of @requisition
**/
GtkRequisition *
gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
return g_slice_dup (GtkRequisition, requisition);
}
/**
* gtk_requisition_free:
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
*
* Frees a #GtkRequisition.
**/
void
gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
g_slice_free (GtkRequisition, requisition);
}
G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkRequisition, gtk_requisition,
gtk_requisition_copy,
gtk_requisition_free)
/**
* gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type:
* @widget_class: class to set the accessible type for
* @type: The object type that implements the accessible for @widget_class
*
* Sets the type to be used for creating accessibles for widgets of
* @widget_class. The given @type must be a subtype of the type used for
* accessibles of the parent class.
*
* This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
GType type)
{
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
g_return_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, widget_class->priv->accessible_type));
priv = widget_class->priv;
priv->accessible_type = type;
/* reset this - honoring the type's role is better. */
priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role:
* @widget_class: class to set the accessible role for
* @role: The role to use for accessibles created for @widget_class
*
* Sets the default #AtkRole to be set on accessibles created for
* widgets of @widget_class. Accessibles may decide to not honor this
* setting if their role reporting is more refined. Calls to
* gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type() will reset this value.
*
* In cases where you want more fine-grained control over the role of
* accessibles created for @widget_class, you should provide your own
* accessible type and use gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type()
* instead.
*
* If @role is #ATK_ROLE_INVALID, the default role will not be changed
* and the accessible’s default role will be used instead.
*
* This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
AtkRole role)
{
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
priv = widget_class->priv;
priv->accessible_role = role;
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_peek_accessible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the accessible for @widget, if it has been created yet.
* Otherwise, this function returns %NULL. If the @widget’s implementation
* does not use the default way to create accessibles, %NULL will always be
* returned.
*
* Returns: (nullable): the accessible for @widget or %NULL if none has been
* created yet.
**/
AtkObject *
_gtk_widget_peek_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->accessible;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_accessible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
* assistive technology.
*
* If accessibility support is not available, this #AtkObject
* instance may be a no-op. Likewise, if no class-specific #AtkObject
* implementation is available for the widget instance in question,
* it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the first ancestor
* class for which such an implementation is defined.
*
* The documentation of the
* [ATK](http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/)
* library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #AtkObject associated with @widget
*/
AtkObject*
gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_accessible (widget);
}
static AtkObject*
gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
AtkObject* accessible;
accessible = widget->priv->accessible;
if (!accessible)
{
GtkWidgetClass *widget_class;
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
AtkObjectFactory *factory;
AtkRegistry *default_registry;
widget_class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
priv = widget_class->priv;
if (priv->accessible_type == GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE)
{
default_registry = atk_get_default_registry ();
factory = atk_registry_get_factory (default_registry,
G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget));
accessible = atk_object_factory_create_accessible (factory, G_OBJECT (widget));
if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
widget->priv->accessible = accessible;
}
else
{
accessible = g_object_new (priv->accessible_type,
"widget", widget,
NULL);
if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
widget->priv->accessible = accessible;
atk_object_initialize (accessible, widget);
/* Set the role again, since we don't want a role set
* in some parent initialize() function to override
* our own.
*/
if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
}
}
return accessible;
}
/*
* Initialize a AtkImplementorIface instance’s virtual pointers as
* appropriate to this implementor’s class (GtkWidget).
*/
static void
gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
{
iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
}
static AtkObject*
gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
{
AtkObject *accessible;
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
if (accessible)
g_object_ref (accessible);
return accessible;
}
/*
* Expand flag management
*/
static void
gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->need_compute_expand)
{
gboolean h, v;
if (priv->hexpand_set)
h = priv->hexpand;
else
h = FALSE;
if (priv->vexpand_set)
v = priv->vexpand;
else
v = FALSE;
/* we don't need to use compute_expand if both expands are
* forced by the app
*/
if (!(priv->hexpand_set && priv->vexpand_set))
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand != NULL)
{
gboolean ignored;
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand (widget,
priv->hexpand_set ? &ignored : &h,
priv->vexpand_set ? &ignored : &v);
}
}
priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
priv->computed_hexpand = h != FALSE;
priv->computed_vexpand = v != FALSE;
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Mark @widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call
* this function when setting legacy expand child properties
* on the child of a container.
*
* See gtk_widget_compute_expand().
*/
void
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *parent;
gboolean changed_anything;
if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand)
return;
changed_anything = FALSE;
parent = widget;
while (parent != NULL)
{
if (!parent->priv->need_compute_expand)
{
parent->priv->need_compute_expand = TRUE;
changed_anything = TRUE;
}
/* Note: if we had an invariant that "if a child needs to
* compute expand, its parents also do" then we could stop going
* up when we got to a parent that already needed to
* compute. However, in general we compute expand lazily (as
* soon as we see something in a subtree that is expand, we know
* we're expanding) and so this invariant does not hold and we
* have to always walk all the way up in case some ancestor
* is not currently need_compute_expand.
*/
parent = parent->priv->parent;
}
/* recomputing expand always requires
* a relayout as well
*/
if (changed_anything)
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_compute_expand:
* @widget: the widget
* @orientation: expand direction
*
* Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space
* when possible. Containers should check this, rather than
* looking at gtk_widget_get_hexpand() or gtk_widget_get_vexpand().
*
* This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so
* visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible
* widgets are not expanded.
*
* The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly
* set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set,
* the widget may expand if some of its children do.
*
* Returns: whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
/* We never make a widget expand if not even showing. */
if (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
return FALSE;
gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (widget);
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
return widget->priv->computed_hexpand;
else
return widget->priv->computed_vexpand;
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gboolean expand)
{
gint expand_prop;
gint expand_set_prop;
gboolean was_both;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
expand = expand != FALSE;
was_both = priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand;
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
if (priv->hexpand_set &&
priv->hexpand == expand)
return;
priv->hexpand_set = TRUE;
priv->hexpand = expand;
expand_prop = PROP_HEXPAND;
expand_set_prop = PROP_HEXPAND_SET;
}
else
{
if (priv->vexpand_set &&
priv->vexpand == expand)
return;
priv->vexpand_set = TRUE;
priv->vexpand = expand;
expand_prop = PROP_VEXPAND;
expand_set_prop = PROP_VEXPAND_SET;
}
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[expand_prop]);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[expand_set_prop]);
if (was_both != (priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand))
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_EXPAND]);
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gboolean set)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
gint prop;
priv = widget->priv;
set = set != FALSE;
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
if (set == priv->hexpand_set)
return;
priv->hexpand_set = set;
prop = PROP_HEXPAND_SET;
}
else
{
if (set == priv->vexpand_set)
return;
priv->vexpand_set = set;
prop = PROP_VEXPAND_SET;
}
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[prop]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_hexpand:
* @widget: the widget
*
* Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
* space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
* generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
* scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
* expand.
*
* Containers should use gtk_widget_compute_expand() rather than
* this function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children,
* has the expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to
* expand, the parent may ask to expand also.
*
* This function only looks at the widget’s own hexpand flag, rather
* than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget
* wants to expand.
*
* Returns: whether hexpand flag is set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->hexpand;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand:
* @widget: the widget
* @expand: whether to expand
*
* Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
* space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
* generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
* scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
* expand.
*
* Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your
* widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra
* room.
*
* By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children
* want to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given
* its current children and state, call gtk_widget_compute_expand(). A
* container can decide how the expandability of children affects the
* expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual
* method on #GtkWidget.).
*
* Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the
* automatic expand behavior.
*
* This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand,
* regardless of children. The override occurs because
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand() sets the hexpand-set property (see
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set()) which causes the widget’s hexpand
* value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean expand)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, expand);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set:
* @widget: the widget
*
* Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to
* explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
*
* If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
* expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
* set, then the expand value depends on whether any
* children of the widget would like to expand.
*
* There are few reasons to use this function, but it’s here
* for completeness and consistency.
*
* Returns: whether hexpand has been explicitly set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->hexpand_set;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set:
* @widget: the widget
* @set: value for hexpand-set property
*
* Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will
* be used.
*
* The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand() to set hexpand, so the most likely
* reason to use this function would be to unset an explicit expand
* flag.
*
* If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
* expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
* set, then the expand value depends on whether any
* children of the widget would like to expand.
*
* There are few reasons to use this function, but it’s here
* for completeness and consistency.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean set)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, set);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_vexpand:
* @widget: the widget
*
* Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
* space.
*
* See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail.
*
* Returns: whether vexpand flag is set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->vexpand;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_vexpand:
* @widget: the widget
* @expand: whether to expand
*
* Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
* space.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean expand)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, expand);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set:
* @widget: the widget
*
* Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to
* explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
*
* See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.
*
* Returns: whether vexpand has been explicitly set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->vexpand_set;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set:
* @widget: the widget
* @set: value for vexpand-set property
*
* Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will
* be used.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean set)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, set);
}
/*
* GtkBuildable implementation
*/
static GQuark quark_builder_has_default = 0;
static GQuark quark_builder_has_focus = 0;
static GQuark quark_builder_atk_relations = 0;
static GQuark quark_builder_set_name = 0;
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_add_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *type)
{
gtk_widget_set_parent (GTK_WIDGET (child), GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
{
quark_builder_has_default = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-default");
quark_builder_has_focus = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-focus");
quark_builder_atk_relations = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-atk-relations");
quark_builder_set_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-set-name");
iface->set_name = gtk_widget_buildable_set_name;
iface->get_name = gtk_widget_buildable_get_name;
iface->get_internal_child = gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child;
iface->set_buildable_property = gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property;
iface->parser_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished;
iface->custom_tag_start = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start;
iface->custom_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished;
iface->add_child = gtk_widget_buildable_add_child;
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
const gchar *name)
{
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name,
g_strdup (name), g_free);
}
static const gchar *
gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
{
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name);
}
static GObject *
gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *childname)
{
GtkWidgetClass *class;
GSList *l;
GType internal_child_type = 0;
if (strcmp (childname, "accessible") == 0)
return G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable)));
/* Find a widget type which has declared an automated child as internal by
* the name 'childname', if any.
*/
for (class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (buildable);
GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (class);
class = g_type_class_peek_parent (class))
{
GtkWidgetTemplate *template = class->priv->template;
if (!template)
continue;
for (l = template->children; l && internal_child_type == 0; l = l->next)
{
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = l->data;
if (child_class->internal_child && strcmp (childname, child_class->name) == 0)
internal_child_type = G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (class);
}
}
/* Now return the 'internal-child' from the class which declared it, note
* that gtk_widget_get_template_child() an API used to access objects
* which are in the private scope of a given class.
*/
if (internal_child_type != 0)
return gtk_widget_get_template_child (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), internal_child_type, childname);
return NULL;
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *name,
const GValue *value)
{
if (strcmp (name, "has-default") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default,
GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
else if (strcmp (name, "has-focus") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus,
GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
else
g_object_set_property (G_OBJECT (buildable), name, value);
}
typedef struct
{
gchar *action_name;
GString *description;
gchar *context;
gboolean translatable;
} AtkActionData;
typedef struct
{
gchar *target;
AtkRelationType type;
gint line;
gint col;
} AtkRelationData;
static void
free_action (AtkActionData *data, gpointer user_data)
{
g_free (data->action_name);
g_string_free (data->description, TRUE);
g_free (data->context);
g_slice_free (AtkActionData, data);
}
static void
free_relation (AtkRelationData *data, gpointer user_data)
{
g_free (data->target);
g_slice_free (AtkRelationData, data);
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder)
{
GSList *atk_relations;
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default))
{
gtk_widget_grab_default (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default);
}
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus))
{
gtk_widget_grab_focus (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus);
}
atk_relations = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable),
quark_builder_atk_relations);
if (atk_relations)
{
AtkObject *accessible;
AtkRelationSet *relation_set;
GSList *l;
GObject *target;
AtkObject *target_accessible;
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
relation_set = atk_object_ref_relation_set (accessible);
for (l = atk_relations; l; l = l->next)
{
AtkRelationData *relation = (AtkRelationData*)l->data;
target = _gtk_builder_lookup_object (builder, relation->target, relation->line, relation->col);
if (!target)
continue;
target_accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (target));
g_assert (target_accessible != NULL);
atk_relation_set_add_relation_by_type (relation_set, relation->type, target_accessible);
}
g_object_unref (relation_set);
g_slist_free_full (atk_relations, (GDestroyNotify) free_relation);
g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations);
}
}
typedef struct
{
GtkBuilder *builder;
GSList *actions;
GSList *relations;
AtkRole role;
} AccessibilitySubParserData;
static void
accessibility_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *element_name,
const gchar **names,
const gchar **values,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
if (strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0)
{
gchar *target = NULL;
gchar *type = NULL;
AtkRelationData *relation;
AtkRelationType relation_type;
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "accessibility", error))
return;
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "target", &target,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "type", &type,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
{
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
return;
}
relation_type = atk_relation_type_for_name (type);
if (relation_type == ATK_RELATION_NULL)
{
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE,
"No such relation type: '%s'", type);
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
return;
}
relation = g_slice_new (AtkRelationData);
relation->target = g_strdup (target);
relation->type = relation_type;
data->relations = g_slist_prepend (data->relations, relation);
}
else if (strcmp (element_name, "action") == 0)
{
const gchar *action_name;
const gchar *description = NULL;
const gchar *msg_context = NULL;
gboolean translatable = FALSE;
AtkActionData *action;
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "accessibility", error))
return;
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "action_name", &action_name,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING|G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "description", &description,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING|G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "comments", NULL,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING|G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "context", &msg_context,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_BOOLEAN|G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "translatable", &translatable,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
{
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
return;
}
action = g_slice_new (AtkActionData);
action->action_name = g_strdup (action_name);
action->description = g_string_new (description);
action->context = g_strdup (msg_context);
action->translatable = translatable;
data->actions = g_slist_prepend (data->actions, action);
}
else if (strcmp (element_name, "role") == 0)
{
const gchar *type;
AtkRole role;
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "accessibility", error))
return;
if (data->role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
{
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE,
"Duplicate accessibility role definition");
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
return;
}
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "type", &type,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
{
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
return;
}
role = atk_role_for_name (type);
if (role == ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
{
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE,
"No such role type: '%s'", type);
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
return;
}
data->role = role;
}
else if (strcmp (element_name, "accessibility") == 0)
{
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "object", error))
return;
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID, NULL, NULL,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
}
else
{
_gtk_builder_error_unhandled_tag (data->builder, context,
"GtkWidget", element_name,
error);
}
}
static void
accessibility_text (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *text,
gsize text_len,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
if (strcmp (g_markup_parse_context_get_element (context), "action") == 0)
{
AtkActionData *action = data->actions->data;
g_string_append_len (action->description, text, text_len);
}
}
static const GMarkupParser accessibility_parser =
{
accessibility_start_element,
NULL,
accessibility_text,
};
typedef struct
{
GObject *object;
GtkBuilder *builder;
guint key;
guint modifiers;
gchar *signal;
} AccelGroupParserData;
static void
accel_group_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *element_name,
const gchar **names,
const gchar **values,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
AccelGroupParserData *data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
if (strcmp (element_name, "accelerator") == 0)
{
const gchar *key_str = NULL;
const gchar *signal = NULL;
const gchar *modifiers_str = NULL;
guint key = 0;
guint modifiers = 0;
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "object", error))
return;
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "key", &key_str,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "signal", &signal,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING|G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "modifiers", &modifiers_str,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
{
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
return;
}
key = gdk_keyval_from_name (key_str);
if (key == 0)
{
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR, GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE,
"Could not parse key '%s'", key_str);
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
return;
}
if (modifiers_str != NULL)
{
GFlagsValue aliases[2] = {
{ 0, "primary", "primary" },
{ 0, NULL, NULL }
};
aliases[0].value = _gtk_get_primary_accel_mod ();
if (!_gtk_builder_flags_from_string (GDK_TYPE_MODIFIER_TYPE, aliases,
modifiers_str, &modifiers, error))
{
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
return;
}
}
data->key = key;
data->modifiers = modifiers;
data->signal = g_strdup (signal);
}
else
{
_gtk_builder_error_unhandled_tag (data->builder, context,
"GtkWidget", element_name,
error);
}
}
static const GMarkupParser accel_group_parser =
{
accel_group_start_element,
};
typedef struct
{
GtkBuilder *builder;
GSList *classes;
} StyleParserData;
static void
style_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *element_name,
const gchar **names,
const gchar **values,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
StyleParserData *data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
if (strcmp (element_name, "class") == 0)
{
const gchar *name;
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "style", error))
return;
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "name", &name,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
{
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
return;
}
data->classes = g_slist_prepend (data->classes, g_strdup (name));
}
else if (strcmp (element_name, "style") == 0)
{
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "object", error))
return;
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID, NULL, NULL,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
}
else
{
_gtk_builder_error_unhandled_tag (data->builder, context,
"GtkWidget", element_name,
error);
}
}
static const GMarkupParser style_parser =
{
style_start_element,
};
static gboolean
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
GMarkupParser *parser,
gpointer *parser_data)
{
if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
{
AccelGroupParserData *data;
data = g_slice_new0 (AccelGroupParserData);
data->object = (GObject *)g_object_ref (buildable);
data->builder = builder;
*parser = accel_group_parser;
*parser_data = data;
return TRUE;
}
if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *data;
data = g_slice_new0 (AccessibilitySubParserData);
data->builder = builder;
*parser = accessibility_parser;
*parser_data = data;
return TRUE;
}
if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
{
StyleParserData *data;
data = g_slice_new0 (StyleParserData);
data->builder = builder;
*parser = style_parser;
*parser_data = data;
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
void
_gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *toplevel,
gpointer user_data)
{
AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
GSList *accel_groups;
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (toplevel));
g_return_if_fail (user_data != NULL);
accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
accel_groups = gtk_accel_groups_from_object (G_OBJECT (toplevel));
if (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 0)
{
accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new ();
gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), accel_group);
}
else
{
g_assert (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 1);
accel_group = g_slist_nth_data (accel_groups, 0);
}
gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object),
accel_data->signal,
accel_group,
accel_data->key,
accel_data->modifiers,
GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE);
g_object_unref (accel_data->object);
g_free (accel_data->signal);
g_slice_free (AccelGroupParserData, accel_data);
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
gpointer user_data)
{
if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
{
AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
GtkWidget *toplevel;
accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
g_assert (accel_data->object);
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object));
_gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), toplevel, user_data);
}
else if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *a11y_data;
a11y_data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
if (a11y_data->actions)
{
AtkObject *accessible;
AtkAction *action;
gint i, n_actions;
GSList *l;
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
if (ATK_IS_ACTION (accessible))
{
action = ATK_ACTION (accessible);
n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action);
for (l = a11y_data->actions; l; l = l->next)
{
AtkActionData *action_data = (AtkActionData*)l->data;
for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++)
if (strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i),
action_data->action_name) == 0)
break;
if (i < n_actions)
{
const gchar *description;
if (action_data->translatable && action_data->description->len)
description = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (builder),
action_data->context,
action_data->description->str);
else
description = action_data->description->str;
atk_action_set_description (action, i, description);
}
}
}
else
g_warning ("accessibility action on a widget that does not implement AtkAction");
g_slist_free_full (a11y_data->actions, (GDestroyNotify) free_action);
}
if (a11y_data->relations)
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
a11y_data->relations);
if (a11y_data->role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
{
AtkObject *accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
atk_object_set_role (accessible, a11y_data->role);
}
g_slice_free (AccessibilitySubParserData, a11y_data);
}
else if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
{
StyleParserData *style_data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
GtkStyleContext *context;
GSList *l;
context = _gtk_widget_get_style_context (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
for (l = style_data->classes; l; l = l->next)
gtk_style_context_add_class (context, (const gchar *)l->data);
gtk_widget_reset_style (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
g_slist_free_full (style_data->classes, g_free);
g_slice_free (StyleParserData, style_data);
}
}
static GtkSizeRequestMode
gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget)
{
/* By default widgets don't trade size at all. */
return GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_CONSTANT_SIZE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_measure (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
int for_size,
int *minimum,
int *natural,
int *minimum_baseline,
int *natural_baseline)
{
*minimum = 0;
*natural = 0;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_halign:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:halign property.
*
* For backwards compatibility reasons this method will never return
* %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE, but instead it will convert it to
* %GTK_ALIGN_FILL. Baselines are not supported for horizontal
* alignment.
*
* Returns: the horizontal alignment of @widget
*/
GtkAlign
gtk_widget_get_halign (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkAlign align;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
align = widget->priv->halign;
if (align == GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE)
return GTK_ALIGN_FILL;
return align;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_halign:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @align: the horizontal alignment
*
* Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:halign property.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_halign (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAlign align)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->priv->halign == align)
return;
widget->priv->halign = align;
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HALIGN]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_valign:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property.
*
* Returns: the vertical alignment of @widget
*/
GtkAlign
gtk_widget_get_valign (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
return widget->priv->valign;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_valign:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @align: the vertical alignment
*
* Sets the vertical alignment of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:valign property.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_valign (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAlign align)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->priv->valign == align)
return;
widget->priv->valign = align;
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_VALIGN]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_margin_start:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-start property.
*
* Returns: The start margin of @widget
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->margin.left;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_margin_start:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @margin: the start margin
*
* Sets the start margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-start property.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
/* We always save margin-start as .left */
if (widget->priv->margin.left == margin)
return;
widget->priv->margin.left = margin;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_START]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_margin_end:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-end property.
*
* Returns: The end margin of @widget
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->margin.right;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_margin_end:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @margin: the end margin
*
* Sets the end margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-end property.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
/* We always set margin-end as .right */
if (widget->priv->margin.right == margin)
return;
widget->priv->margin.right = margin;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_END]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_margin_top:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
*
* Returns: The top margin of @widget
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->margin.top;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_margin_top:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @margin: the top margin
*
* Sets the top margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
if (widget->priv->margin.top == margin)
return;
widget->priv->margin.top = margin;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_TOP]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
*
* Returns: The bottom margin of @widget
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->margin.bottom;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @margin: the bottom margin
*
* Sets the bottom margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
if (widget->priv->margin.bottom == margin)
return;
widget->priv->margin.bottom = margin;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This is a utility function to get the clipboard object for the
* #GdkDisplay that @widget is using.
*
* Note that this function always works, even when @widget is not
* realized yet.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object.
**/
GdkClipboard *
gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return gdk_display_get_clipboard (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_primary_clipboard:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This is a utility function to get the primary clipboard object
* for the #GdkDisplay that @widget is using.
*
* Note that this function always works, even when @widget is not
* realized yet.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object.
**/
GdkClipboard *
gtk_widget_get_primary_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return gdk_display_get_primary_clipboard (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
* which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
* gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
* The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you
* want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
* callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
* must call `g_list_foreach (result,
* (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)` first, and then unref all the
* widgets afterwards.
* Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of
* mnemonic labels; free this list
* with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
**/
GList *
gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GList *list = NULL;
GSList *l;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
for (l = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels); l; l = l->next)
list = g_list_prepend (list, l->data);
return list;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @label: a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget
*
* Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
* this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
* list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
* widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
* its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
* to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
**/
void
gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *label)
{
GSList *old_list, *new_list;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
new_list = g_slist_prepend (old_list, label);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @label: a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemonic label for
* @widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
*
* Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
* this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
* must have previously been added to the list with
* gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
**/
void
gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *label)
{
GSList *old_list, *new_list;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
new_list = g_slist_remove (old_list, label);
if (new_list)
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_tooltip,
gboolean force)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->has_tooltip != has_tooltip || force)
{
priv->has_tooltip = has_tooltip;
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP]);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @custom_window: (allow-none): a #GtkWindow, or %NULL
*
* Replaces the default window used for displaying
* tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and
* hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
* the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
* tooltip window will be used.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWindow *custom_window)
{
gboolean has_tooltip;
gchar *tooltip_markup;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (custom_window == NULL || GTK_IS_WINDOW (custom_window));
tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
if (custom_window)
g_object_ref (custom_window);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window,
custom_window, g_object_unref);
has_tooltip = (custom_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, has_tooltip, FALSE);
if (has_tooltip && _gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
* GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
* using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
*/
GtkWindow *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
* is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
* information.
*/
void
gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
}
static guint tooltip_query_id;
static GSList *tooltip_query_displays;
static gboolean
tooltip_query_idle (gpointer data)
{
g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query, NULL);
g_slist_free_full (tooltip_query_displays, g_object_unref);
tooltip_query_displays = NULL;
tooltip_query_id = 0;
return FALSE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkDisplay *display;
display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
if (!g_slist_find (tooltip_query_displays, display))
tooltip_query_displays = g_slist_prepend (tooltip_query_displays, g_object_ref (display));
if (tooltip_query_id == 0)
{
tooltip_query_id = g_idle_add (tooltip_query_idle, NULL);
g_source_set_name_by_id (tooltip_query_id, "[gtk+] tooltip_query_idle");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @text: (allow-none): the contents of the tooltip for @widget
*
* Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
* care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default
* handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
*
* See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *text)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", text, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
*
* Returns: (nullable): the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
* returned string with g_free() when done.
*/
gchar *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gchar *text = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", &text, NULL);
return text;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @markup: (allow-none): the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL
*
* Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
* the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
*
* This function will take care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE
* and of the default handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
*
* See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
* gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *markup)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", markup, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
*
* Returns: (nullable): the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
* returned string with g_free() when done.
*/
gchar *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gchar *text = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", &text, NULL);
return text;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @has_tooltip: whether or not @widget has a tooltip.
*
* Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
* #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_tooltip)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, has_tooltip, FALSE);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
* #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
*
* Returns: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->has_tooltip;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_size:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @allocation: (out): a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
* @baseline: (out) (allow-none): a pointer to an integer to copy to
*
* Retrieves the widget’s allocated size.
*
* This function returns the last values passed to
* gtk_widget_size_allocate(). The value differs from
* the size returned in gtk_widget_get_allocation() in that functions
* like gtk_widget_set_halign() can adjust the allocation, but not
* the value returned by this function.
*
* If a widget is not visible, its allocated size is 0.
*/
void
gtk_widget_get_allocated_size (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation,
int *baseline)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
*allocation = priv->allocated_size;
if (baseline)
*baseline = priv->allocated_size_baseline;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_allocation:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @allocation: (out): a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
*
* Retrieves the widget’s allocation.
*
* Note, when implementing a #GtkContainer: a widget’s allocation will
* be its “adjusted” allocation, that is, the widget’s parent
* container typically calls gtk_widget_size_allocate() with an
* allocation, and that allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin
* and alignment for example) before assignment to the widget.
* gtk_widget_get_allocation() returns the adjusted allocation that
* was actually assigned to the widget. The adjusted allocation is
* guaranteed to be completely contained within the
* gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a #GtkContainer
* is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds,
* but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned.
*/
void
gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
*allocation = priv->allocation;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_contains:
* @widget: the widget to query
* @x: X coordinate to test, relative to @widget's origin
* @y: Y coordinate to test, relative to @widget's origin
*
* Tests if the point at (@x, @y) is contained in @widget. Points
* inside the widget will respond to mouse and touch events, points
* outside will not.
*
* The coordinates for (@x, @y) must be in widget coordinates, so
* (0, 0) is assumed to be the top left of @widget's content area.
*
* Pass-through widgets and insensitive widgets do never respond to
* input and will therefor always return %FALSE here. See
* gtk_widget_set_pass_through() and gtk_widget_set_sensitive() for
* details about those functions.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget contains (@x, @y).
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_contains (GtkWidget *widget,
gdouble x,
gdouble y)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
if (gtk_widget_get_pass_through (widget) ||
!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) ||
!gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
return FALSE;
return GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->contains (widget, x, y);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_pick:
* @widget: the widget to query
* @x: X coordinate to test, relative to @widget's origin
* @y: Y coordinate to test, relative to @widget's origin
*
* Finds the descendant of @widget (including @widget itself) closest
* to the screen at the point (@x, @y). The point must be given in
* widget coordinates, so (0, 0) is assumed to be the top left of
* @widget's content area.
*
* Usually widgets will return %NULL if the given coordinate is not
* contained in @widget checked via gtk_widget_contains(). Otherwise
* they will recursively try to find a child that does not return %NULL.
* Widgets are however free to customize their picking algorithm.
*
* This function is used on the toplevel to determine the widget below
* the mouse cursor for purposes of hover hilighting and delivering events.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The widget descendant at the given
* coordinate or %NULL if none.
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_pick (GtkWidget *widget,
gdouble x,
gdouble y)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
if (gtk_widget_get_pass_through (widget) ||
!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) ||
!gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
return NULL;
return GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->pick (widget, x, y);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_compute_bounds:
* @widget: the #GtkWidget to query
* @target: the #GtkWidget
* @out_bounds: (out caller-allocates): the rectangle taking the bounds
*
* Computes the bounds for @widget in the coordinate space of @target.
* FIXME: Explain what "bounds" are.
*
* If the operation is successful, %TRUE is returned. If @widget has no
* bounds or the bounds cannot be expressed in @target's coordinate space
* (for example if both widgets are in different windows), %FALSE is
* returned and @bounds is set to the zero rectangle.
*
* It is valid for @widget and @target to be the same widget.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the bounds could be computed
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_compute_bounds (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *target,
graphene_rect_t *out_bounds)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
GtkBorder margin, border, padding;
GtkCssStyle *style;
GtkAllocation alloc;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (target), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (out_bounds != NULL, FALSE);
style = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode);
get_box_margin (style, &margin);
get_box_border (style, &border);
get_box_padding (style, &padding);
alloc.x = - (padding.left + border.left);
alloc.y = - (padding.top + border.top);
alloc.width = priv->allocation.width - margin.left - margin.right;
alloc.height = priv->allocation.height -margin.top - margin.bottom;
if (!gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (widget,
target,
alloc.x, alloc.y,
&alloc.x, &alloc.y))
{
graphene_rect_init_from_rect (out_bounds, graphene_rect_zero ());
return FALSE;
}
graphene_rect_init (out_bounds,
alloc.x,
alloc.y,
alloc.width,
alloc.height);
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_width:
* @widget: the widget to query
*
* Returns the width that has currently been allocated to @widget.
* This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
* for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
*
* Returns: the width of the @widget
**/
int
gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->allocation.width;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_height:
* @widget: the widget to query
*
* Returns the height that has currently been allocated to @widget.
* This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
* for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
*
* Returns: the height of the @widget
**/
int
gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->allocation.height;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline:
* @widget: the widget to query
*
* Returns the baseline that has currently been allocated to @widget.
* This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
* for the #GtkWidget::draw function, and when allocating child
* widgets in #GtkWidget::size_allocate.
*
* Returns: the baseline of the @widget, or -1 if none
**/
int
gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->allocated_baseline;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_surface:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @surface: (transfer full): a #GdkSurface
*
* Sets a widget’s surface. This function should only be used in a
* widget’s #GtkWidget::realize implementation. The %surface passed is
* usually either new surface created with gdk_surface_new(), or the
* surface of its parent widget as returned by
* gtk_widget_get_parent_surface().
*
* Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own #GdkSurface
* by calling gtk_widget_set_has_surface(). This is usually done in the
* widget’s init() function.
*
* Note that this function does not add any reference to @surface.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_surface (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkSurface *surface)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (surface == NULL || GDK_IS_SURFACE (surface));
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->surface != surface)
{
priv->surface = surface;
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_SURFACE]);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_register_surface:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @surface: a #GdkSurface
*
* Registers a #GdkSurface with the widget and sets it up so that
* the widget receives events for it. Call gtk_widget_unregister_surface()
* when destroying the surface.
*
* Before 3.8 you needed to call gdk_surface_set_user_data() directly to set
* this up. This is now deprecated and you should use gtk_widget_register_surface()
* instead. Old code will keep working as is, although some new features like
* transparency might not work perfectly.
*/
void
gtk_widget_register_surface (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkSurface *surface)
{
gpointer user_data;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_SURFACE (surface));
gdk_surface_get_user_data (surface, &user_data);
g_assert (user_data == NULL);
gdk_surface_set_user_data (surface, widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unregister_surface:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @surface: a #GdkSurface
*
* Unregisters a #GdkSurface from the widget that was previously set up with
* gtk_widget_register_surface(). You need to call this when the surface is
* no longer used by the widget, such as when you destroy it.
*/
void
gtk_widget_unregister_surface (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkSurface *surface)
{
gpointer user_data;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_SURFACE (surface));
gdk_surface_get_user_data (surface, &user_data);
g_assert (user_data == widget);
gdk_surface_set_user_data (surface, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_surface:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget’s surface if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): @widget’s surface.
*/
GdkSurface*
gtk_widget_get_surface (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->surface;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns %TRUE if @widget is multiple pointer aware. See
* gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is multidevice aware.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->multidevice;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @support_multidevice: %TRUE to support input from multiple devices.
*
* Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is %TRUE,
* @widget will start receiving multiple, per device enter/leave events. Note
* that if custom #GdkSurfaces are created in #GtkWidget::realize,
* gdk_surface_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean support_multidevice)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
priv->multidevice = (support_multidevice == TRUE);
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gdk_surface_set_support_multidevice (priv->surface, support_multidevice);
}
/* There are multiple alpha related sources. First of all the user can specify alpha
* in gtk_widget_set_opacity, secondly we can get it from the CSS opacity. These two
* are multiplied together to form the total alpha. Secondly, the user can specify
* an opacity group for a widget, which means we must essentially handle it as having alpha.
*/
static void
gtk_widget_update_alpha (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GtkStyleContext *context;
gdouble opacity;
guint8 alpha;
priv = widget->priv;
context = _gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
opacity =
_gtk_css_number_value_get (_gtk_style_context_peek_property (context,
GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_OPACITY),
100);
opacity = CLAMP (opacity, 0.0, 1.0);
alpha = round (priv->user_alpha * opacity);
if (alpha == priv->alpha)
return;
priv->alpha = alpha;
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
gdk_surface_set_opacity (priv->surface, priv->alpha / 255.0);
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_opacity:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @opacity: desired opacity, between 0 and 1
*
* Request the @widget to be rendered partially transparent,
* with opacity 0 being fully transparent and 1 fully opaque. (Opacity values
* are clamped to the [0,1] range.).
* This works on both toplevel widget, and child widgets, although there
* are some limitations:
*
* For toplevel widgets this depends on the capabilities of the windowing
* system. On X11 this has any effect only on X displays with a compositing manager
* running. See gdk_display_is_composited(). On Windows it should work
* always, although setting a window’s opacity after the window has been
* shown causes it to flicker once on Windows.
*
* For child widgets it doesn’t work if any affected widget has a native window.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_opacity (GtkWidget *widget,
gdouble opacity)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
guint8 alpha;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
opacity = CLAMP (opacity, 0.0, 1.0);
alpha = round (opacity * 255);
if (alpha == priv->user_alpha)
return;
priv->user_alpha = alpha;
gtk_widget_update_alpha (widget);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_OPACITY]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_opacity:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Fetches the requested opacity for this widget.
* See gtk_widget_set_opacity().
*
* Returns: the requested opacity for this widget.
**/
gdouble
gtk_widget_get_opacity (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0.0);
return widget->priv->user_alpha / 255.0;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_send_focus_change:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @event: a #GdkEvent of type GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE
*
* Sends the focus change @event to @widget
*
* This function is not meant to be used by applications. The only time it
* should be used is when it is necessary for a #GtkWidget to assign focus
* to a widget that is semantically owned by the first widget even though
* it’s not a direct child - for instance, a search entry in a floating
* window similar to the quick search in #GtkTreeView.
*
* An example of its usage is:
*
* |[
* GdkEvent *fevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE);
*
* fevent->focus_change.type = GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE;
* fevent->focus_change.in = TRUE;
* fevent->focus_change.surface = _gtk_widget_get_surface (widget);
* if (fevent->focus_change.surface != NULL)
* g_object_ref (fevent->focus_change.surface);
*
* gtk_widget_send_focus_change (widget, fevent);
*
* g_object_unref (event);
* ]|
*
* Returns: the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE
* if the event was handled, and %FALSE otherwise
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_send_focus_change (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event)
{
gboolean res;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL && event->any.type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE, FALSE);
g_object_ref (widget);
widget->priv->has_focus = event->focus_change.in;
res = gtk_widget_event (widget, event);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HAS_FOCUS]);
g_object_unref (widget);
return res;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_in_destruction:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed.
* This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing
* unnecessary work.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is being destroyed
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_in_destruction (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->in_destruction;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_anchored (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->anchored;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_anchored (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean anchored)
{
widget->priv->anchored = anchored;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->shadowed;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean shadowed)
{
widget->priv->shadowed = shadowed;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->alloc_needed;
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
priv->alloc_needed = TRUE;
do
{
if (priv->alloc_needed_on_child)
break;
priv->alloc_needed_on_child = TRUE;
if (!priv->visible)
break;
if (_gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
{
gtk_container_start_idle_sizer (GTK_CONTAINER (widget));
break;
}
widget = priv->parent;
if (widget == NULL)
break;
priv = widget->priv;
}
while (TRUE);
}
gboolean
gtk_widget_needs_allocate (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (!priv->visible || !priv->child_visible)
return FALSE;
if (priv->resize_needed || priv->alloc_needed || priv->alloc_needed_on_child)
return TRUE;
return FALSE;
}
void
gtk_widget_ensure_allocate (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (!gtk_widget_needs_allocate (widget))
return;
gtk_widget_ensure_resize (widget);
/* This code assumes that we only reach here if the previous
* allocation is still valid (ie no resize was queued).
* If that wasn't true, the parent would have taken care of
* things.
*/
if (priv->alloc_needed)
{
GtkAllocation allocation;
int baseline;
gtk_widget_get_allocated_size (widget, &allocation, &baseline);
gtk_widget_size_allocate (widget, &allocation, baseline);
}
else if (priv->alloc_needed_on_child)
{
GtkWidget *child;
priv->alloc_needed_on_child = FALSE;
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
child != NULL;
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
{
gtk_widget_ensure_allocate (child);
}
}
}
void
gtk_widget_ensure_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (!priv->resize_needed)
return;
priv->resize_needed = FALSE;
_gtk_size_request_cache_clear (&priv->requests);
}
void
_gtk_widget_add_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer group)
{
GSList *groups;
groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
groups = g_slist_prepend (groups, group);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
widget->priv->have_size_groups = TRUE;
}
void
_gtk_widget_remove_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer group)
{
GSList *groups;
groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
groups = g_slist_remove (groups, group);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
widget->priv->have_size_groups = groups != NULL;
}
GSList *
_gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (GtkWidget *widget)
{
if (widget->priv->have_size_groups)
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
return NULL;
}
void
_gtk_widget_add_attached_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWindow *window)
{
widget->priv->attached_windows = g_list_prepend (widget->priv->attached_windows, window);
}
void
_gtk_widget_remove_attached_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWindow *window)
{
widget->priv->attached_windows = g_list_remove (widget->priv->attached_windows, window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget:
* @path: a widget path
* @widget: the widget to append to the widget path
*
* Appends the data from @widget to the widget hierarchy represented
* by @path. This function is a shortcut for adding information from
* @widget to the given @path. This includes setting the name or
* adding the style classes from @widget.
*
* Returns: the position where the data was inserted
*/
gint
gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (GtkWidgetPath *path,
GtkWidget *widget)
{
const GQuark *classes;
guint n_classes, i;
gint pos;
g_return_val_if_fail (path != NULL, 0);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
pos = gtk_widget_path_append_type (path, gtk_css_node_get_widget_type (widget->priv->cssnode));
gtk_widget_path_iter_set_object_name (path, pos, gtk_css_node_get_name (widget->priv->cssnode));
if (widget->priv->name)
gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (path, pos, widget->priv->name);
gtk_widget_path_iter_set_state (path, pos, widget->priv->state_flags);
classes = gtk_css_node_list_classes (widget->priv->cssnode, &n_classes);
for (i = n_classes; i-- > 0;)
gtk_widget_path_iter_add_qclass (path, pos, classes[i]);
return pos;
}
GtkWidgetPath *
_gtk_widget_create_path (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *parent;
parent = widget->priv->parent;
if (parent && GTK_IS_CONTAINER (parent))
return gtk_container_get_path_for_child (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), widget);
else if (parent)
{
GtkWidgetPath *path = _gtk_widget_create_path (parent);
gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (path, widget);
return path;
}
else
{
/* Widget is either toplevel or unparented, treat both
* as toplevels style wise, since there are situations
* where style properties might be retrieved on that
* situation.
*/
GtkWidget *attach_widget = NULL;
GtkWidgetPath *result;
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
attach_widget = gtk_window_get_attached_to (GTK_WINDOW (widget));
if (attach_widget != NULL)
result = gtk_widget_path_copy (gtk_widget_get_path (attach_widget));
else
result = gtk_widget_path_new ();
gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (result, widget);
return result;
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_path:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget, if the widget
* is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will be
* created.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget
**/
GtkWidgetPath *
gtk_widget_get_path (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPath *path;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
path = (GtkWidgetPath*)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_widget_path);
if (!path)
{
path = _gtk_widget_create_path (widget);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_widget_path,
path,
(GDestroyNotify)gtk_widget_path_free);
}
return path;
}
void
gtk_widget_clear_path (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_widget_path, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_set_css_name:
* @widget_class: class to set the name on
* @name: name to use
*
* Sets the name to be used for CSS matching of widgets.
*
* If this function is not called for a given class, the name
* of the parent class is used.
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_css_name (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
const char *name)
{
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
priv = widget_class->priv;
priv->css_name = g_intern_string (name);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_class_get_visible_by_default (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class)
{
return !(GTK_IS_WINDOW_CLASS (widget_class) ||
GTK_IS_POPOVER_CLASS (widget_class));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_get_css_name:
* @widget_class: class to set the name on
*
* Gets the name used by this class for matching in CSS code. See
* gtk_widget_class_set_css_name() for details.
*
* Returns: the CSS name of the given class
*/
const char *
gtk_widget_class_get_css_name (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class), NULL);
return widget_class->priv->css_name;
}
void
_gtk_widget_style_context_invalidated (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
}
GtkCssNode *
gtk_widget_get_css_node (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->cssnode;
}
GtkStyleContext *
_gtk_widget_peek_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->context;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_style_context:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the style context associated to @widget. The returned object is
* guaranteed to be the same for the lifetime of @widget.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkStyleContext. This memory is owned by @widget and
* must not be freed.
**/
GtkStyleContext *
gtk_widget_get_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
if (G_UNLIKELY (priv->context == NULL))
{
GdkDisplay *display;
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock;
priv->context = gtk_style_context_new_for_node (priv->cssnode);
gtk_style_context_set_id (priv->context, priv->name);
gtk_style_context_set_state (priv->context, priv->state_flags);
gtk_style_context_set_scale (priv->context, gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget));
display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
if (display)
gtk_style_context_set_display (priv->context, display);
frame_clock = gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget);
if (frame_clock)
gtk_style_context_set_frame_clock (priv->context, frame_clock);
if (priv->parent)
gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context,
_gtk_widget_get_style_context (priv->parent));
}
return priv->context;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @intent: the use case for the modifier mask
*
* Returns the modifier mask the @widget’s windowing system backend
* uses for a particular purpose.
*
* See gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask().
*
* Returns: the modifier mask used for @intent.
**/
GdkModifierType
gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkModifierIntent intent)
{
GdkDisplay *display;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
return gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask (gdk_display_get_keymap (display),
intent);
}
static GtkActionMuxer *
gtk_widget_get_parent_muxer (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean create)
{
GtkWidget *parent;
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
return gtk_application_get_parent_muxer_for_window (GTK_WINDOW (widget));
if (GTK_IS_MENU (widget))
parent = gtk_menu_get_attach_widget (GTK_MENU (widget));
else if (GTK_IS_POPOVER (widget))
parent = gtk_popover_get_relative_to (GTK_POPOVER (widget));
else
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
if (parent)
return _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (parent, create);
return NULL;
}
void
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
muxer = (GtkActionMuxer*)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_action_muxer);
if (muxer == NULL)
return;
gtk_action_muxer_set_parent (muxer,
gtk_widget_get_parent_muxer (widget, TRUE));
}
GtkActionMuxer *
_gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean create)
{
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
muxer = (GtkActionMuxer*)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_action_muxer);
if (muxer)
return muxer;
if (create)
{
muxer = gtk_action_muxer_new ();
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_action_muxer,
muxer,
g_object_unref);
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
return muxer;
}
else
return gtk_widget_get_parent_muxer (widget, FALSE);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_insert_action_group:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @name: the prefix for actions in @group
* @group: (allow-none): a #GActionGroup, or %NULL
*
* Inserts @group into @widget. Children of @widget that implement
* #GtkActionable can then be associated with actions in @group by
* setting their “action-name” to
* @prefix.`action-name`.
*
* If @group is %NULL, a previously inserted group for @name is removed
* from @widget.
*/
void
gtk_widget_insert_action_group (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *name,
GActionGroup *group)
{
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (widget, TRUE);
if (group)
gtk_action_muxer_insert (muxer, name, group);
else
gtk_action_muxer_remove (muxer, name);
}
/****************************************************************
* GtkBuilder automated templates *
****************************************************************/
static AutomaticChildClass *
template_child_class_new (const gchar *name,
gboolean internal_child,
gssize offset)
{
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = g_slice_new0 (AutomaticChildClass);
child_class->name = g_strdup (name);
child_class->internal_child = internal_child;
child_class->offset = offset;
return child_class;
}
static void
template_child_class_free (AutomaticChildClass *child_class)
{
if (child_class)
{
g_free (child_class->name);
g_slice_free (AutomaticChildClass, child_class);
}
}
static CallbackSymbol *
callback_symbol_new (const gchar *name,
GCallback callback)
{
CallbackSymbol *cb = g_slice_new0 (CallbackSymbol);
cb->callback_name = g_strdup (name);
cb->callback_symbol = callback;
return cb;
}
static void
callback_symbol_free (CallbackSymbol *callback)
{
if (callback)
{
g_free (callback->callback_name);
g_slice_free (CallbackSymbol, callback);
}
}
static void
template_data_free (GtkWidgetTemplate *template_data)
{
if (template_data)
{
g_bytes_unref (template_data->data);
g_slist_free_full (template_data->children, (GDestroyNotify)template_child_class_free);
g_slist_free_full (template_data->callbacks, (GDestroyNotify)callback_symbol_free);
if (template_data->connect_data &&
template_data->destroy_notify)
template_data->destroy_notify (template_data->connect_data);
g_slice_free (GtkWidgetTemplate, template_data);
}
}
static GHashTable *
get_auto_child_hash (GtkWidget *widget,
GType type,
gboolean create)
{
GHashTable *auto_children;
GHashTable *auto_child_hash;
auto_children = (GHashTable *)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_auto_children);
if (auto_children == NULL)
{
if (!create)
return NULL;
auto_children = g_hash_table_new_full (g_direct_hash,
NULL,
NULL, (GDestroyNotify)g_hash_table_destroy);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_auto_children,
auto_children,
(GDestroyNotify)g_hash_table_destroy);
}
auto_child_hash =
g_hash_table_lookup (auto_children, GSIZE_TO_POINTER (type));
if (!auto_child_hash && create)
{
auto_child_hash = g_hash_table_new_full (g_str_hash,
g_str_equal,
NULL,
(GDestroyNotify)g_object_unref);
g_hash_table_insert (auto_children,
GSIZE_TO_POINTER (type),
auto_child_hash);
}
return auto_child_hash;
}
static gboolean
setup_template_child (GtkWidgetTemplate *template_data,
GType class_type,
AutomaticChildClass *child_class,
GtkWidget *widget,
GtkBuilder *builder)
{
GHashTable *auto_child_hash;
GObject *object;
object = gtk_builder_get_object (builder, child_class->name);
if (!object)
{
g_critical ("Unable to retrieve object '%s' from class template for type '%s' while building a '%s'",
child_class->name, g_type_name (class_type), G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
return FALSE;
}
/* Insert into the hash so that it can be fetched with
* gtk_widget_get_template_child() and also in automated
* implementations of GtkBuildable.get_internal_child()
*/
auto_child_hash = get_auto_child_hash (widget, class_type, TRUE);
g_hash_table_insert (auto_child_hash, child_class->name, g_object_ref (object));
if (child_class->offset != 0)
{
gpointer field_p;
/* Assign 'object' to the specified offset in the instance (or private) data */
field_p = G_STRUCT_MEMBER_P (widget, child_class->offset);
(* (gpointer *) field_p) = object;
}
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_init_template:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Creates and initializes child widgets defined in templates. This
* function must be called in the instance initializer for any
* class which assigned itself a template using gtk_widget_class_set_template()
*
* It is important to call this function in the instance initializer
* of a #GtkWidget subclass and not in #GObject.constructed() or
* #GObject.constructor() for two reasons.
*
* One reason is that generally derived widgets will assume that parent
* class composite widgets have been created in their instance
* initializers.
*
* Another reason is that when calling g_object_new() on a widget with
* composite templates, it’s important to build the composite widgets
* before the construct properties are set. Properties passed to g_object_new()
* should take precedence over properties set in the private template XML.
*/
void
gtk_widget_init_template (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetTemplate *template;
GtkBuilder *builder;
GError *error = NULL;
GObject *object;
GSList *l;
GType class_type;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
object = G_OBJECT (widget);
class_type = G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget);
template = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->priv->template;
g_return_if_fail (template != NULL);
builder = gtk_builder_new ();
/* Add any callback symbols declared for this GType to the GtkBuilder namespace */
for (l = template->callbacks; l; l = l->next)
{
CallbackSymbol *callback = l->data;
gtk_builder_add_callback_symbol (builder, callback->callback_name, callback->callback_symbol);
}
/* This will build the template XML as children to the widget instance, also it
* will validate that the template is created for the correct GType and assert that
* there is no infinite recursion.
*/
if (!gtk_builder_extend_with_template (builder, widget, class_type,
(const gchar *)g_bytes_get_data (template->data, NULL),
g_bytes_get_size (template->data),
&error))
{
g_critical ("Error building template class '%s' for an instance of type '%s': %s",
g_type_name (class_type), G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (object), error->message);
g_error_free (error);
/* This should never happen, if the template XML cannot be built
* then it is a critical programming error.
*/
g_object_unref (builder);
return;
}
/* Build the automatic child data
*/
for (l = template->children; l; l = l->next)
{
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = l->data;
/* This will setup the pointer of an automated child, and cause
* it to be available in any GtkBuildable.get_internal_child()
* invocations which may follow by reference in child classes.
*/
if (!setup_template_child (template,
class_type,
child_class,
widget,
builder))
{
g_object_unref (builder);
return;
}
}
/* Connect signals. All signal data from a template receive the
* template instance as user data automatically.
*
* A GtkBuilderConnectFunc can be provided to gtk_widget_class_set_signal_connect_func()
* in order for templates to be usable by bindings.
*/
if (template->connect_func)
gtk_builder_connect_signals_full (builder, template->connect_func, template->connect_data);
else
gtk_builder_connect_signals (builder, object);
g_object_unref (builder);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_set_template:
* @widget_class: A #GtkWidgetClass
* @template_bytes: A #GBytes holding the #GtkBuilder XML
*
* This should be called at class initialization time to specify
* the GtkBuilder XML to be used to extend a widget.
*
* For convenience, gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource() is also provided.
*
* Note that any class that installs templates must call gtk_widget_init_template()
* in the widget’s instance initializer.
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_template (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
GBytes *template_bytes)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template == NULL);
g_return_if_fail (template_bytes != NULL);
widget_class->priv->template = g_slice_new0 (GtkWidgetTemplate);
widget_class->priv->template->data = g_bytes_ref (template_bytes);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource:
* @widget_class: A #GtkWidgetClass
* @resource_name: The name of the resource to load the template from
*
* A convenience function to call gtk_widget_class_set_template().
*
* Note that any class that installs templates must call gtk_widget_init_template()
* in the widget’s instance initializer.
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
const gchar *resource_name)
{
GError *error = NULL;
GBytes *bytes = NULL;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template == NULL);
g_return_if_fail (resource_name && resource_name[0]);
/* This is a hack, because class initializers now access resources
* and GIR/gtk-doc initializes classes without initializing GTK+,
* we ensure that our base resources are registered here and
* avoid warnings which building GIRs/documentation.
*/
_gtk_ensure_resources ();
bytes = g_resources_lookup_data (resource_name, 0, &error);
if (!bytes)
{
g_critical ("Unable to load resource for composite template for type '%s': %s",
G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (widget_class), error->message);
g_error_free (error);
return;
}
gtk_widget_class_set_template (widget_class, bytes);
g_bytes_unref (bytes);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full:
* @widget_class: A #GtkWidgetClass
* @callback_name: The name of the callback as expected in the template XML
* @callback_symbol: (scope async): The callback symbol
*
* Declares a @callback_symbol to handle @callback_name from the template XML
* defined for @widget_type. See gtk_builder_add_callback_symbol().
*
* Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
* initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
const gchar *callback_name,
GCallback callback_symbol)
{
CallbackSymbol *cb;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (callback_name && callback_name[0]);
g_return_if_fail (callback_symbol != NULL);
cb = callback_symbol_new (callback_name, callback_symbol);
widget_class->priv->template->callbacks = g_slist_prepend (widget_class->priv->template->callbacks, cb);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_set_connect_func:
* @widget_class: A #GtkWidgetClass
* @connect_func: The #GtkBuilderConnectFunc to use when connecting signals in the class template
* @connect_data: The data to pass to @connect_func
* @connect_data_destroy: The #GDestroyNotify to free @connect_data, this will only be used at
* class finalization time, when no classes of type @widget_type are in use anymore.
*
* For use in language bindings, this will override the default #GtkBuilderConnectFunc to be
* used when parsing GtkBuilder XML from this class’s template data.
*
* Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
* initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_connect_func (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
GtkBuilderConnectFunc connect_func,
gpointer connect_data,
GDestroyNotify connect_data_destroy)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template != NULL);
/* Defensive, destroy any previously set data */
if (widget_class->priv->template->connect_data &&
widget_class->priv->template->destroy_notify)
widget_class->priv->template->destroy_notify (widget_class->priv->template->connect_data);
widget_class->priv->template->connect_func = connect_func;
widget_class->priv->template->connect_data = connect_data;
widget_class->priv->template->destroy_notify = connect_data_destroy;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full:
* @widget_class: A #GtkWidgetClass
* @name: The “id” of the child defined in the template XML
* @internal_child: Whether the child should be accessible as an “internal-child”
* when this class is used in GtkBuilder XML
* @struct_offset: The structure offset into the composite widget’s instance public or private structure
* where the automated child pointer should be set, or 0 to not assign the pointer.
*
* Automatically assign an object declared in the class template XML to be set to a location
* on a freshly built instance’s private data, or alternatively accessible via gtk_widget_get_template_child().
*
* The struct can point either into the public instance, then you should use G_STRUCT_OFFSET(WidgetType, member)
* for @struct_offset, or in the private struct, then you should use G_PRIVATE_OFFSET(WidgetType, member).
*
* An explicit strong reference will be held automatically for the duration of your
* instance’s life cycle, it will be released automatically when #GObjectClass.dispose() runs
* on your instance and if a @struct_offset that is != 0 is specified, then the automatic location
* in your instance public or private data will be set to %NULL. You can however access an automated child
* pointer the first time your classes #GObjectClass.dispose() runs, or alternatively in
* #GtkWidgetClass.destroy().
*
* If @internal_child is specified, #GtkBuildableIface.get_internal_child() will be automatically
* implemented by the #GtkWidget class so there is no need to implement it manually.
*
* The wrapper macros gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child(), gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_internal(),
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private() and gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_internal_private()
* might be more convenient to use.
*
* Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
* initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
const gchar *name,
gboolean internal_child,
gssize struct_offset)
{
AutomaticChildClass *child_class;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (name && name[0]);
child_class = template_child_class_new (name,
internal_child,
struct_offset);
widget_class->priv->template->children =
g_slist_prepend (widget_class->priv->template->children, child_class);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_template_child:
* @widget: A #GtkWidget
* @widget_type: The #GType to get a template child for
* @name: The “id” of the child defined in the template XML
*
* Fetch an object build from the template XML for @widget_type in this @widget instance.
*
* This will only report children which were previously declared with
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full() or one of its
* variants.
*
* This function is only meant to be called for code which is private to the @widget_type which
* declared the child and is meant for language bindings which cannot easily make use
* of the GObject structure offsets.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The object built in the template XML with the id @name
*/
GObject *
gtk_widget_get_template_child (GtkWidget *widget,
GType widget_type,
const gchar *name)
{
GHashTable *auto_child_hash;
GObject *ret = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_name (widget_type) != NULL, NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (name && name[0], NULL);
auto_child_hash = get_auto_child_hash (widget, widget_type, FALSE);
if (auto_child_hash)
ret = g_hash_table_lookup (auto_child_hash, name);
return ret;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_list_action_prefixes:
* @widget: A #GtkWidget
*
* Retrieves a %NULL-terminated array of strings containing the prefixes of
* #GActionGroup's available to @widget.
*
* Returns: (transfer container): a %NULL-terminated array of strings.
*/
const gchar **
gtk_widget_list_action_prefixes (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (widget, FALSE);
if (muxer)
return gtk_action_muxer_list_prefixes (muxer);
return g_new0 (const gchar *, 1);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_action_group:
* @widget: A #GtkWidget
* @prefix: The “prefix” of the action group.
*
* Retrieves the #GActionGroup that was registered using @prefix. The resulting
* #GActionGroup may have been registered to @widget or any #GtkWidget in its
* ancestry.
*
* If no action group was found matching @prefix, then %NULL is returned.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): A #GActionGroup or %NULL.
*/
GActionGroup *
gtk_widget_get_action_group (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *prefix)
{
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (prefix, NULL);
muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (widget, FALSE);
if (muxer)
return gtk_action_muxer_lookup (muxer, prefix);
return NULL;
}
static void
event_controller_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean was_grabbed,
EventControllerData *data)
{
GdkDevice *device = NULL;
if (GTK_IS_GESTURE (data->controller))
device = gtk_gesture_get_device (GTK_GESTURE (data->controller));
if (!device || !gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed (widget, device))
return;
gtk_event_controller_reset (data->controller);
}
static void
event_controller_sequence_state_changed (GtkGesture *gesture,
GdkEventSequence *sequence,
GtkEventSequenceState state,
GtkWidget *widget)
{
gboolean handled = FALSE;
GtkWidget *event_widget;
const GdkEvent *event;
handled = _gtk_widget_set_sequence_state_internal (widget, sequence,
state, gesture);
if (!handled || state != GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED)
return;
event = _gtk_widget_get_last_event (widget, sequence);
if (!event)
return;
event_widget = gtk_get_event_target ((GdkEvent *) event);
cancel_event_sequence_on_hierarchy (widget, event_widget, sequence);
}
static EventControllerData *
_gtk_widget_has_controller (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkEventController *controller)
{
EventControllerData *data;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GList *l;
priv = widget->priv;
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
data = l->data;
if (data->controller == controller)
return data;
}
return NULL;
}
void
_gtk_widget_add_controller (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkEventController *controller)
{
EventControllerData *data;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_EVENT_CONTROLLER (controller));
g_return_if_fail (widget == gtk_event_controller_get_widget (controller));
priv = widget->priv;
data = _gtk_widget_has_controller (widget, controller);
if (data)
return;
data = g_new0 (EventControllerData, 1);
data->controller = controller;
data->grab_notify_id =
g_signal_connect (widget, "grab-notify",
G_CALLBACK (event_controller_grab_notify), data);
g_object_add_weak_pointer (G_OBJECT (data->controller), (gpointer *) &data->controller);
if (GTK_IS_GESTURE (controller))
{
data->sequence_state_changed_id =
g_signal_connect (controller, "sequence-state-changed",
G_CALLBACK (event_controller_sequence_state_changed),
widget);
}
priv->event_controllers = g_list_prepend (priv->event_controllers, data);
}
void
_gtk_widget_remove_controller (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkEventController *controller)
{
EventControllerData *data;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_EVENT_CONTROLLER (controller));
data = _gtk_widget_has_controller (widget, controller);
if (!data)
return;
g_object_remove_weak_pointer (G_OBJECT (data->controller), (gpointer *) &data->controller);
if (g_signal_handler_is_connected (widget, data->grab_notify_id))
g_signal_handler_disconnect (widget, data->grab_notify_id);
if (data->sequence_state_changed_id)
g_signal_handler_disconnect (data->controller, data->sequence_state_changed_id);
data->controller = NULL;
}
GList *
_gtk_widget_list_controllers (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkPropagationPhase phase)
{
EventControllerData *data;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GList *l, *retval = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
data = l->data;
if (data->controller != NULL &&
phase == gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (data->controller))
retval = g_list_prepend (retval, data->controller);
}
return retval;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_consumes_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventSequence *sequence)
{
EventControllerData *data;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GList *l;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
priv = widget->priv;
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
data = l->data;
if (data->controller == NULL ||
!GTK_IS_GESTURE (data->controller))
continue;
if ((!GTK_IS_GESTURE_SINGLE (data->controller) ||
GTK_IS_GESTURE_DRAG (data->controller) ||
GTK_IS_GESTURE_SWIPE (data->controller)) &&
gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (GTK_GESTURE (data->controller), sequence))
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
void
gtk_widget_reset_controllers (GtkWidget *widget)
{
EventControllerData *controller_data;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GList *l;
/* Reset all controllers */
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
{
controller_data = l->data;
if (controller_data->controller == NULL)
continue;
gtk_event_controller_reset (controller_data->controller);
}
}
static inline void
gtk_widget_maybe_add_debug_render_nodes (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
GdkDisplay *display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
GtkCssStyle *style;
GtkBorder margin, border, padding;
/* We should be offset to priv->allocation at this point */
if (GTK_DISPLAY_DEBUG_CHECK (display, LAYOUT))
{
graphene_rect_t bounds;
GdkRGBA widget_margin_color = {0.7, 0, 0, 0.6};
GdkRGBA margin_color = {0.7, 0.7, 0, 0.6};
GdkRGBA padding_color = {0.7, 0, 0.7, 0.6};
style = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode);
get_box_margin (style, &margin);
get_box_border (style, &border);
get_box_padding (style, &padding);
/* Widget margins */
graphene_rect_init (&bounds,
0, -priv->margin.top,
priv->allocation.width, priv->margin.top);
gtk_snapshot_append_color (snapshot, &widget_margin_color, &bounds, "Widget margin top");
graphene_rect_init (&bounds,
0, priv->allocation.height,
priv->allocation.width, priv->margin.bottom);
gtk_snapshot_append_color (snapshot, &widget_margin_color, &bounds, "Widget margin bottom");
graphene_rect_init (&bounds,
-priv->margin.left, 0,
priv->margin.left, priv->allocation.height);
gtk_snapshot_append_color (snapshot, &widget_margin_color, &bounds, "Widget margin left");
graphene_rect_init (&bounds,
priv->allocation.width, 0,
priv->margin.right, priv->allocation.height);
gtk_snapshot_append_color (snapshot, &widget_margin_color, &bounds, "Widget margin right");
/* CSS Margins */
graphene_rect_init (&bounds,
0, 0,
priv->allocation.width, margin.top);
gtk_snapshot_append_color (snapshot, &margin_color, &bounds, "Margin top");
graphene_rect_init (&bounds,
0, priv->allocation.height - margin.bottom,
priv->allocation.width, margin.bottom);
gtk_snapshot_append_color (snapshot, &margin_color, &bounds, "Margin bottom");
graphene_rect_init (&bounds,
0, margin.top,
margin.left, priv->allocation.height - margin.top - margin.bottom);
gtk_snapshot_append_color (snapshot, &margin_color, &bounds, "Margin left");
graphene_rect_init (&bounds,
priv->allocation.width - margin.right, margin.top,
margin.right, priv->allocation.height - margin.top - margin.bottom);
gtk_snapshot_append_color (snapshot, &margin_color, &bounds, "Margin right");
/* Padding */
graphene_rect_init (&bounds,
margin.left + border.left,
margin.top + border.top,
priv->allocation.width - margin.left - margin.right - border.left - border.right,
padding.top);
gtk_snapshot_append_color (snapshot, &padding_color, &bounds, "Padding top");
graphene_rect_init (&bounds,
margin.left + border.left,
priv->allocation.height - margin.bottom - border.bottom - padding.bottom,
priv->allocation.width - margin.left - margin.right - border.left - border.right,
padding.bottom);
gtk_snapshot_append_color (snapshot, &padding_color, &bounds, "Padding bottom");
graphene_rect_init (&bounds,
margin.left + border.left,
margin.top + border.top + padding.top,
padding.left,
priv->allocation.height - margin.top - margin.bottom - border.top - border.bottom - padding.top - padding.bottom);
gtk_snapshot_append_color (snapshot, &padding_color, &bounds, "Padding left");
graphene_rect_init (&bounds,
priv->allocation.width - margin.right - border.right - padding.right,
margin.top + border.top + padding.top,
padding.right,
priv->allocation.height - margin.top - margin.bottom - border.top - border.bottom - padding.top - padding.bottom);
gtk_snapshot_append_color (snapshot, &padding_color, &bounds, "Padding right");
}
if (GTK_DISPLAY_DEBUG_CHECK (display, BASELINES))
{
int baseline = gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline (widget);
if (baseline != -1)
{
GdkRGBA red = {1, 0, 0, 1};
graphene_rect_t bounds;
style = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode);
get_box_margin (style, &margin);
get_box_border (style, &border);
get_box_padding (style, &padding);
/* Baselines are relative to the widget's origin,
* and we are offset to the widget's allocation here */
graphene_rect_init (&bounds,
0,
margin.top + border.top + padding.top + baseline,
priv->allocation.width, 1);
gtk_snapshot_append_color (snapshot,
&red,
&bounds,
"Baseline Debug");
}
}
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
if (GTK_DISPLAY_DEBUG_CHECK (display, RESIZE) && priv->highlight_resize)
{
GdkRGBA blue = {0, 0, 1, 0.2};
graphene_rect_t bounds;
graphene_rect_init (&bounds,
0, 0,
priv->allocation.width, priv->allocation.height);
gtk_snapshot_append_color (snapshot,
&blue,
&bounds,
"Baseline Debug");
priv->highlight_resize = FALSE;
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
}
#endif
}
static GskRenderNode *
gtk_widget_create_render_node (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkSnapshot *parent_snapshot)
{
GtkWidgetClass *klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GtkCssValue *filter_value;
double opacity;
GtkCssStyle *style;
GtkAllocation allocation;
GtkBorder margin, border, padding;
GtkSnapshot *snapshot;
snapshot = gtk_snapshot_new_child (parent_snapshot, "%s<%p>", gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
filter_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_property (_gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget), GTK_CSS_PROPERTY_FILTER);
gtk_css_filter_value_push_snapshot (filter_value, snapshot);
style = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode);
get_box_margin (style, &margin);
get_box_border (style, &border);
get_box_padding (style, &padding);
opacity = widget->priv->alpha / 255.0;
_gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &allocation);
if (opacity < 1.0)
gtk_snapshot_push_opacity (snapshot, opacity, "Opacity<%s,%f>", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), opacity);
if (!GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
{
gtk_snapshot_offset (snapshot, margin.left, margin.top);
gtk_css_style_snapshot_background (style,
snapshot,
allocation.width - margin.left - margin.right,
allocation.height - margin.top - margin.bottom);
gtk_css_style_snapshot_border (style,
snapshot,
allocation.width - margin.left - margin.right,
allocation.height - margin.top - margin.bottom);
gtk_snapshot_offset (snapshot, - margin.left, - margin.top);
}
/* Offset to content allocation */
gtk_snapshot_offset (snapshot, margin.left + padding.left + border.left, margin.top + border.top + padding.top);
klass->snapshot (widget, snapshot);
gtk_snapshot_offset (snapshot, - (padding.left + border.left), -(border.top + padding.top));
gtk_css_style_snapshot_outline (style,
snapshot,
allocation.width - margin.left - margin.right,
allocation.height - margin.top - margin.bottom);
gtk_snapshot_offset (snapshot, - margin.left, - margin.top);
if (opacity < 1.0)
gtk_snapshot_pop (snapshot);
gtk_css_filter_value_pop_snapshot (filter_value, snapshot);
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
gtk_widget_maybe_add_debug_render_nodes (widget, snapshot);
#endif
return gtk_snapshot_free_to_node (snapshot);
}
void
gtk_widget_snapshot (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
graphene_rect_t clip;
gboolean has_clip;
double opacity;
if (!_gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
return;
if (_gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (widget))
{
g_warning ("Trying to snapshot %s %p without a current allocation", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
return;
}
priv = widget->priv;
opacity = widget->priv->alpha / 255.0;
if (opacity <= 0.0)
return;
has_clip = gtk_snapshot_get_clip (snapshot, &clip);
if (priv->draw_needed ||
(priv->render_node_has_clip && (!has_clip || !graphene_rect_contains_rect (&priv->render_node_clip, &clip))))
{
GskRenderNode *render_node;
render_node = gtk_widget_create_render_node (widget, snapshot);
/* This can happen when nested drawing happens and a widget contains itself
* or when we replace a clipped area */
g_clear_pointer (&priv->render_node, gsk_render_node_unref);
priv->render_node = render_node;
if (has_clip)
{
priv->render_node_clip = clip;
priv->render_node_has_clip = TRUE;
}
else
{
priv->render_node_has_clip = FALSE;
}
priv->draw_needed = FALSE;
}
if (priv->render_node)
gtk_snapshot_append_node (snapshot, priv->render_node);
}
static gboolean
should_record_names (GtkWidget *widget,
GskRenderer *renderer)
{
return gtk_inspector_is_recording (widget) ||
((gsk_renderer_get_debug_flags (renderer) & GSK_DEBUG_ANY) != 0);
}
void
gtk_widget_render (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkSurface *surface,
const cairo_region_t *region)
{
GtkSnapshot *snapshot;
GskRenderer *renderer;
GskRenderNode *root;
/* We only render double buffered on native windows */
if (!gdk_surface_has_native (surface))
return;
renderer = gtk_widget_get_renderer (widget);
if (renderer == NULL)
return;
snapshot = gtk_snapshot_new (should_record_names (widget, renderer),
"Render<%s>", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
gtk_widget_snapshot (widget, snapshot);
root = gtk_snapshot_free_to_node (snapshot);
if (root != NULL)
{
root = gtk_inspector_prepare_render (widget,
renderer,
surface,
region,
root);
gsk_renderer_render (renderer, root, region);
gsk_render_node_unref (root);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_first_child:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's first child
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_first_child (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->first_child;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_last_child:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's last child
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_last_child (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->last_child;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_next_sibling:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's next sibling
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->next_sibling;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's previous sibling
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->prev_sibling;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_insert_after:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @parent: the parent #GtkWidget to insert @widget into
* @previous_sibling: (nullable): the new previous sibling of @widget or %NULL
*
* Inserts @widget into the child widget list of @parent.
* It will be placed after @previous_sibling, or at the beginning if @previous_sibling is %NULL.
*
* After calling this function, gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling(widget) will return @previous_sibling.
*
* If @parent is already set as the parent widget of @widget, this function can also be used
* to reorder @widget in the child widget list of @parent.
*/
void
gtk_widget_insert_after (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *parent,
GtkWidget *previous_sibling)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
g_return_if_fail (previous_sibling == NULL || GTK_IS_WIDGET (previous_sibling));
g_return_if_fail (previous_sibling == NULL || _gtk_widget_get_parent (previous_sibling) == parent);
if (widget == previous_sibling ||
(previous_sibling && _gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (widget) == previous_sibling))
return;
if (!previous_sibling && _gtk_widget_get_first_child (parent) == widget)
return;
gtk_widget_reposition_after (widget,
parent,
previous_sibling);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_insert_before:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @parent: the parent #GtkWidget to insert @widget into
* @next_sibling: (nullable): the new next sibling of @widget or %NULL
*
* Inserts @widget into the child widget list of @parent.
* It will be placed before @next_sibling, or at the end if @next_sibling is %NULL.
*
* After calling this function, gtk_widget_get_next_sibling(widget) will return @next_sibling.
*
* If @parent is already set as the parent widget of @widget, this function can also be used
* to reorder @widget in the child widget list of @parent.
*/
void
gtk_widget_insert_before (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *parent,
GtkWidget *next_sibling)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
g_return_if_fail (next_sibling == NULL || GTK_IS_WIDGET (next_sibling));
g_return_if_fail (next_sibling == NULL || _gtk_widget_get_parent (next_sibling) == parent);
if (widget == next_sibling ||
(next_sibling && _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (widget) == next_sibling))
return;
if (!next_sibling && _gtk_widget_get_last_child (parent) == widget)
return;
gtk_widget_reposition_after (widget, parent,
next_sibling ? _gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (next_sibling) :
_gtk_widget_get_last_child (parent));
}
void
gtk_widget_forall (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkCallback callback,
gpointer user_data)
{
GtkWidget *child;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
child = gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
while (child)
{
GtkWidget *next = gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child);
callback(child, user_data);
child = next;
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_snapshot_child:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @child: a child of @widget
* @snapshot: #GtkSnapshot as passed to the widget. In particular, no
* calls to gtk_snapshot_offset() should have been applied by the
* parent.
*
* When a widget receives a call to the snapshot function, it must send
* synthetic #GtkWidget::snapshot calls to all children. This function
* provides a convenient way of doing this. A widget, when it receives
* a call to its #GtkWidget::snapshot function, calls
* gtk_widget_snapshot_child() once for each child, passing in
* the @snapshot the widget received.
*
* gtk_widget_snapshot_child() takes care of translating the origin of
* @snapshot, and deciding whether the child needs to be snapshot. It is a
* convenient and optimized way of getting the same effect as calling
* gtk_widget_snapshot() on the child directly.
**/
void
gtk_widget_snapshot_child (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *child,
GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (child);
int x, y;
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_parent (child) == widget);
g_return_if_fail (snapshot != NULL);
x = priv->allocation.x;
y = priv->allocation.y;
gtk_snapshot_offset (snapshot, x, y);
gtk_widget_snapshot (child, snapshot);
gtk_snapshot_offset (snapshot, -x, -y);
}
void
gtk_widget_set_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *child)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (child != NULL)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (child));
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_parent (child) == widget);
}
if (priv->focus_child)
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (priv->focus_child,
GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED|GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUS_VISIBLE);
if (child)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
GtkStateFlags flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
toplevel = _gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (!GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel) || gtk_window_get_focus_visible (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)))
flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUS_VISIBLE;
gtk_widget_set_state_flags (child, flags, FALSE);
}
g_set_object (&priv->focus_child, child);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), child);
/* TODO: ??? */
}
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return priv->focus_child;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_cursor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @cursor: (allow-none): the new cursor or %NULL to use the default
* cursor
*
* Sets the cursor to be shown when pointer devices point towards @widget.
*
* If the @cursor is NULL, @widget will use the cursor inherited from the
* parent widget.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkCursor *cursor)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (cursor == NULL || GDK_IS_CURSOR (cursor));
if (!g_set_object (&widget->priv->cursor, cursor))
return;
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
gtk_window_maybe_update_cursor (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget, NULL);
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_CURSOR]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_cursor_from_name:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @name: (nullable): The name of the cursor or %NULL to use the default
* cursor
*
* Sets a named cursor to be shown when pointer devices point towards @widget.
*
* This is a utility function that creates a cursor via
* gdk_cursor_new_from_name() and then sets it on @widget with
* gtk_widget_set_cursor(). See those 2 functions for details.
*
* On top of that, this function allows @name to be %NULL, which will
* do the same as calling gtk_widget_set_cursor() with a %NULL cursor.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_cursor_from_name (GtkWidget *widget,
const char *name)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (name)
{
GdkCursor *cursor;
cursor = gdk_cursor_new_from_name (name, NULL);
gtk_widget_set_cursor (widget, cursor);
g_object_unref (cursor);
}
else
{
gtk_widget_set_cursor (widget, NULL);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_cursor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Queries the cursor set via gtk_widget_set_cursor(). See that function for
* details.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the cursor currently in use or %NULL
* to use the default.
**/
GdkCursor *
gtk_widget_get_cursor (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->cursor;
}
void
gtk_widget_set_pass_through (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean pass_through)
{
widget->priv->pass_through = !!pass_through;
}
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_pass_through (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->pass_through;
}
void
gtk_widget_init_legacy_controller (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkEventController *controller;
controller = _gtk_event_controller_legacy_new (widget);
g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (widget), I_("gtk-widget-legacy-event-controller"),
controller, g_object_unref);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_width:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the content width of the widget, as passed to its size-allocate implementation.
* This is the size you should be using in GtkWidgetClass.snapshot(). For pointer
* events, see gtk_widget_contains().
*
* Returns: The width of @widget
*/
int
gtk_widget_get_width (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
GtkBorder margin, border, padding;
GtkCssStyle *style;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
style = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode);
get_box_margin (style, &margin);
get_box_border (style, &border);
get_box_padding (style, &padding);
return priv->allocation.width -
margin.left - margin.right -
border.left - border.right -
padding.left - padding.right;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_height:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the content height of the widget, as passed to its size-allocate implementation.
* This is the size you should be using in GtkWidgetClass.snapshot(). For pointer
* events, see gtk_widget_contains().
*
* Returns: The height of @widget
*/
int
gtk_widget_get_height (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
GtkBorder margin, border, padding;
GtkCssStyle *style;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
style = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode);
get_box_margin (style, &margin);
get_box_border (style, &border);
get_box_padding (style, &padding);
return priv->allocation.height -
margin.top - margin.bottom -
border.top - border.bottom -
padding.top - padding.bottom;
}